OpenPlay 3 hrs weekendOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Beginner Drills with Coach Martin | 2.5-3.0Beginner Drills with Coach Martin | 2.5-3.0
Members $32 | Non-Members $40
Description
Drop into Coach Martin’s Office Hours for a focused beginner drill session designed to help players sharpen specific skills and improve overall consistency. This is a structured, high-rep training environment where players can work on targeted areas of their game with direct feedback from a coach.
Each session is adaptable based on player needs, allowing for personalized corrections, repetition-based learning, and guided improvement in key shot categories.
Best Fit for This Session
This session is recommended for players with a 2.5-3.0 suggested DUPR who are comfortable with basic gameplay and are ready to refine technique and build consistency.
Players should understand scoring, doubles positioning, and core shots such as dinks, drives, volleys, drops, and returns. This is ideal for players looking to clean up mechanics and develop more reliable execution under pressure.
How Games Run
* Coach-led “office hours” style drill session with Coach Martin.
* Focus on targeted skill development based on player needs.
* Maximum 6 players per court.
* High-repetition drilling with immediate feedback and correction.
* Mix of structured drills and live-ball situational practice.
* Players may rotate through stations or focused drill groups depending on session focus.
This is a development-focused session designed to isolate specific skills and accelerate improvement through repetition and coaching feedback.
Before You Arrive
Bring athletic gear, clean court shoes, and your paddle. Need one? Paddle rentals and balls are available on site. Please arrive 10 minutes early for check-in.
Snacks, drinks, and water refills are also available on site.
Cancellation Details
Cancellations made 24+ hours in advance receive a full refund as an account credit. Late cancellations and no-shows are non-refundable.
If we cancel the session due to low registration or other reasons, your refund will be sent back to your original payment method within 3–5 business days. All other refunds are issued as account credit.
49 Ash St ste 1, Brooklyn, NY 11222, United States
Intermediate Drills with Coach Martin | 3.0-3.5Intermediate Drills with Coach Martin | 3.0-3.5
Members $32 | Non-Members $40
Description
Led by Coach Martin, this clinic focuses on offensive opportunities at the kitchen line and the positioning skills needed to capitalize on them.
Players will learn when and how to speed up the ball effectively, explore Erne opportunities and setups, and develop proper overhead positioning to finish points with confidence. The session emphasizes decision-making, timing, and court awareness in game-like situations.
Best Fit for This Session
This clinic is designed for players with a suggested DUPR of 3.0–3.5 who are comfortable with the fundamentals and ready to add more offensive tools to their game. You should be able to sustain dink rallies, execute basic drops and resets, and understand standard doubles positioning.
If you are still working on basic shot consistency or learning foundational strategy, our beginner or lower-intermediate clinics may be a better fit first.
How Games Run
This is a coach-led instructional clinic featuring targeted drills, skill-building exercises, and guided gameplay. Coach Martin will provide personalized feedback throughout the session to help players improve shot selection, court positioning, and offensive decision-making. Players can expect a combination of drilling, situational exercises, and live play focused on applying the skills being taught.
Before You Arrive
Bring athletic gear, clean court shoes, and your paddle. Need one? Paddle rentals and balls are available on site. Please arrive 10 minutes early for check-in.
Snacks, drinks, and water refills are also available on site.
Cancellation Details
Cancellations made 24+ hours in advance receive a full refund as an account credit. Late cancellations and no-shows are non-refundable.
If we cancel the session due to low registration or other reasons, your refund will be sent back to your original payment method within 3–5 business days. All other refunds are issued as account credit.
49 Ash St ste 1, Brooklyn, NY 11222, United States
SUMMER BOOT CAMP PICKLEBALL TRAINING WITH COACH CAMISUMMER BOOT CAMP PICKLEBALL TRAINING WITH COACH CAMI
THIS IS FOR INTERMEDIATE SKILLED LEVEL PLAYERS
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
From Zero to HeroWhat Makes It Special
“Zero to Hero” isn’t just a clinic — it’s a journey. It’s about turning doubt into discipline and turning every missed shot into motivation. Under Coach’s guidance, players experience the mindset, movement, and mastery that move them from casual play to confident competition.
Who this clinic is designed for
This program is built for players who are ready to level up — mentally and physically. Whether you’re new to structured training or fighting a plateau, this clinic gives you the tools and confidence to rise.
Primary Focus
The core focus is progress and purpose — developing consistency, positioning, and power while building a champion’s mindset. Every drill is designed to build toward real match readiness.
Moments where frustration turns into flow. That’s the magic of this clinic — every challenge has a breakthrough waiting just past it.
Duration
Each “Zero to Hero” session runs 2 hours — a deep dive into high-intensity training balanced with technical refinement and focused match play. If only one participant, one hour session with Free Open Play.
Ideal For
Players who crave growth, confidence, and transformation — anyone ready to rewrite their pickleball story from the ground up.
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Intro to PickleballThis 90 minute clinic will focus on the rules of the game, scoring, positioning, serving/receiving and general strokes. All these will be learned in a fun, interactive setting and put into game play the ladder half of the session.
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Beginner ClinicGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Intro to PickleballWho Should Join
This clinic is perfect for complete beginners or anyone who's only played a handful of times. No experience necessary, just bring comfortable athletic clothes and court shoes. We'll provide the paddles and balls.
What You'll Learn
We'll cover all the fundamentals to get you playing confidently: basic rules and scoring, proper grip and paddle positioning, serving and returning, groundstrokes from the baseline, and an introduction to the kitchen (non-volley zone). By the end of the session, you'll understand the flow of the game and be ready to jump into open play.
Clinic Structure
The session combines brief demonstrations, guided drilling, and live play so you can immediately apply what you're learning. Our coach keeps things fun and low-pressure while making sure you walk away with a solid foundation.
What to Bring
Athletic shoes, water, and a positive attitude. Paddles are provided, but feel free to bring your own if you have one.
Questions?
Email [email protected] or message Shaggy directly in the PodPlay community chat.
Beginner Drill for 60, Play for 30 Coach GuidedBeginner Drill for 60, Play for 30 Coach Guided
Spend the first hour in structured, coach-led drilling designed to sharpen your game. You'll work through consistency, shot placement, team communication, and live-point patterns alongside your crew in a focused, high-rep environment.
The second hour is all open play. Take everything you just drilled and put it to the test in real matchups, rotating partners, and relaxed competitive flow.
It's the ideal format for players who want purposeful practice without sacrificing the fun: competitive, social, and built to make you better.
Lounge Access: Feel free to hangout and enjoy the off-court facility for the same duration as your reservation.
Check-In: Please arrive on time so we can begin promptly and check-in when entering the building. Late fees may apply for those who arrive more than 10 min late.
Cleanliness Policy: At Velto we want you to feel at home, so we ask you to please treat it as such. We have made sure to make Velto a place where you can relax and have fun at the same time. So please avoid leaving the balls and trash scattered around the facility after your session. There are ball baskets and trash bins around the courts and lounges for your convenience.
Cancellation Policy: Full refund when you cancel 12+ hours before the start of your session.
Low Enrollment Cancellation: We will cancel sessions that do not have a minimum of 3 players 2 hours before the event start time. You will not be charged and will receive a notice of the cancellation via email.
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Clinic Series - Path to Intermediate Level 2Clinic Series (7 classes) - Path to Intermediate, Level 2
The Level 2 Path to Intermediate clinic series is designed for players who have several months of pickleball experience, have participated in open plays at the advanced beginner or low intermediate level, and are looking to progress to a higher level of play. Each class in the series will focus on one of the 6 key elements of the RPO 101 program: Dinking, Volleys, the 3rd Shot Drop, Serving, Driving, and Groundstroke, but will approach the skills from a more advanced starting point than the Level 1 Path to Intermediate series. The final half hour of the class will transition to supervised games so that participants have an opportunity to apply the skills in a competitive scenario.
During the final week, the instructor will perform a DUPR assessment for all members of the class and provide you with a provisional DUPR rating (if you don’t have one already)
Our clinics are based on a curriculum developed by the Racket Professional Organization (RPO), founded by Collin Johns, who many consider to be one of the world's best pickleball coaches. Our excellent team of coaches has been trained in the RPO method, and we think you will find it to be game-changing in terms of the quality of instruction.
Max per class: 4
Cancellation policy: Because of the challenge of finding a last minute replacement for a clinic series, cancellations must be made at least 3 days prior to the start of the first session.
Cancellation for low enrollment: The clinic series will be cancelled for low enrollment
Clinic Series - Path to Intermediate Level 1Clinic Series (7 classes) - Path to Intermediate, Level 1
The Level 1 Path to Intermediate clinic series is designed for players who have completed an Intro to Pickleball class and are looking to progress to an intermediate level of play. Each class in the series will focus on one of the 6 key elements of the RPO 101 program: Dinking, Volleys, the 3rd Shot Drop, Serving, Driving, and Groundstroke. The final half hour of the class will transition to supervised games so that participants have an opportunity to apply the skills in a competitive scenario.
During the final week, the instructor will perform a DUPR assessment for all members of the class and provide you with a provisional DUPR rating (if you don’t have one already)
Our clinics are based on a curriculum developed by the Racket Professional Organization (RPO), founded by Collin Johns, who many consider to be one of the world's best pickleball coaches. Our excellent team of coaches has been trained in the RPO method, and we think you will find it to be game-changing in terms of the quality of instruction.
Max per class: 4
Cancellation policy: Because of the challenge of finding a last minute replacement for a clinic series, cancellations must be made at least 3 days prior to the start of the first session.
Cancellation for low enrollment: The clinic series will be cancelled for low enrollment if it does not have at least 3 registered participants prior to the first class.
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
From Zero to HeroWhat Makes It Special
“Zero to Hero” isn’t just a clinic — it’s a journey. It’s about turning doubt into discipline and turning every missed shot into motivation. Under Coach’s guidance, players experience the mindset, movement, and mastery that move them from casual play to confident competition.
Who this clinic is designed for
This program is built for players who are ready to level up — mentally and physically. Whether you’re new to structured training or fighting a plateau, this clinic gives you the tools and confidence to rise.
Primary Focus
The core focus is progress and purpose — developing consistency, positioning, and power while building a champion’s mindset. Every drill is designed to build toward real match readiness.
Moments where frustration turns into flow. That’s the magic of this clinic — every challenge has a breakthrough waiting just past it.
Duration
Each “Zero to Hero” session runs 2 hours — a deep dive into high-intensity training balanced with technical refinement and focused match play. If only one participant, one hour session with Free Open Play.
Ideal For
Players who crave growth, confidence, and transformation — anyone ready to rewrite their pickleball story from the ground up.
Adaptive Pickleball Clinic (All Ages) - 6 Weeks ClinicAdaptive Pickleball - Inclusion, Fitness & Social Engagement
The Standard Game is modified to teach people with physical, cognitive and developmental challenges.
6-Weeks Session
Age: 9+
Level: All Levels
Paddles will be provided
Clinic - Women's Path to 4.0 with Coach AllenClinic Series (6 classes) - Path to 4.0 Level 1
This clinic series is designed for players who currently play at an Intermediate capability and are seeking the skills to progress to the 4.0 level. Each class in the series will focus on one of the 6 key elements of the RPO 201 program: Dinking, Volleys, the 3rd Shot Drop, Serving, Driving, and Groundstroke. The final half hour of the class will transition to supervised games so that participants have an opportunity to apply the skills in a competitive scenario.
Our clinics are based on a curriculum developed by the Racket Professional Organization (RPO), founded by Collin Johns, who many consider to be one of the world's best pickleball coaches. Our excellent team of coaches has been trained in the RPO method, and we think you will find it to be game-changing in terms of the quality of instruction.
Max per class: 4
Cancellation policy: Because of the challenge of finding a last minute replacement for a clinic series, cancellations must be made at least 3 days prior to the start of the first session.
Cancellation for low enrollment: The clinic series will be cancelled for low enrollment if it does not have at least 3 registered participants prior t
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Hero 101Congratulations on completing your Zero to Hero class with Coach Deepak!
You’ve officially taken the first step in your pickleball journey and are now ready for Hero 101 with Coach Deepak. Join us this Sunday from 12:00 PM to 1:30 PM to continue building your skills, confidence, and understanding of the game. Reservations at Court Reserve.
We look forward to seeing you on the court and helping you continue your pickleball journey!
Beginner ClinicGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Skills & DrillsGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Experienced Beginner / Low Intermediate level (2.5-3.2)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
OpenPlay 3 hrs weekendOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Junior Summer Session - AugustWhen: - Aug 3rd - Aug 6th (9AM - 12PM)
Join us for The Picklr Junior Summer Sessions! A fun, high-energy, weeklong pickleball experience built for junior players 8-18 who already know the basics and are ready to level up.
Running Monday through Thursday, these sessions mix skill-building, live gameplay, and real-time coaching in a positive, encouraging environment. Each day introduces a new focus and builds on the day before, helping players grow their confidence, sharpen their skills, and finish the week playing their best pickleball, all while having a blast on court.
Format
4-day camp (Monday–Thursday)
3 hours per day (12 total hours)
Players register based on time availability, not age
Pricing (Full Week Registration Only)
Members: $149
Non-Members: $199
All participants receive:
A T-shirt - Code provided after registration
A Certificate of Completion
Daily Skill Themes
Each day focuses on a specific skill that builds throughout the week:
Monday: Touch & Control
Tuesday: Energy & Power
Wednesday: Footwork & Agility
Thursday: Placement & Targets
Skills are introduced through drills and applied through gameplay, helping players see real improvement by the end of the week.
Who This Is For
Junior players ages 8–18
Players who already understand basic rules, scoring, and court positioning
Not recommended for brand-new beginners
Skill Grouping & Player Experience
Parents simply register their child and note a suggested skill level at checkout
Coaches handle all grouping once the sessions begin
Players are placed into small skill-based groups and may move between groups as skills develop
Age differences may exist when skill levels are similar and are managed carefully by coaches
The goal is to create a fun, challenging, and supportive experience for every player.
Coaching & Feedback
Sessions are led by experienced Picklr coaches
Players receive live feedback, encouragement, and recognition throughout the week
Each day includes a fun, game-style Wingfield challenge to help track improvement and celebrate progress
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations must be made at least 1 week in advance to receive a refund or credit
Full-week registration required (no single-day attendance)
Why Register?
Build real skills in a short, focused format
Play more games with coaching guidance
Learn in a fun, high-energy environment
Leave with confidence, improvement, and momentum to keep playing
SUMMER CAMP-Week 9Who
5th–9th Graders (Ages 10–15)
Time
9:00 AM – 3:00 PM
Investment
$400 per child
$50 OFF for siblings or returning campers
Bonus Offer
Register for 3 camp sessions and receive a FREE Casa Starter Kit including a paddle!
What to Expect
· Fun icebreakers & team games
· Skill-building drills & professional coaching
· Low-pressure gameplay & friendly challenges
· Pickleballympics Tournament
· Daily awards & end-of-day wrap-up
· Light snacks & beverages included
What to Bring
Your favorite lunch, athletic wear, and plenty of energy!
Velto Junior AcademyVelto Junior Academy is designed for players ages 10–17, whether they're picking up a paddle for the first time or already have experience on the court. Players will be grouped by age and skill level to ensure everyone is challenged and having fun.
Newer players will learn the fundamentals of pickleball, including the rules, scoring, basic techniques, and court positioning, before jumping into fun, carnival-style mini games and supervised match play.
More experienced players will dive into live drills, competitive mini games, coached open play, and fast-paced live ball games that keep everyone active while developing strategy, consistency, and confidence.
Throughout the week, all players will receive personalized coaching and expert tips designed to help them improve quickly and build confidence on the court.
Every day of camp features a new mix of games, drills, challenges, and activities, so there's always something fresh, exciting, and fun to look forward to. We'll wrap up the week with a tournament and skills challenge, giving players the chance to showcase everything they've learned and celebrate the progress they've made.
Above all, the Junior Academy is a chance for kids to discover pickleball, improve their game, make new friends, and have an awesome time at Velto.
As a thank you for joining us, every participant will receive a special surprise to celebrate being part of Velto's very first Junior Academy!
Cancellation Policy: Full refund with cancellations over 48+ hours before the start time of the event.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Experienced Beginner level (2.0-3.0)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
P-Series - P1 - Foundation
Fair Lawn | The PICKLR
P-Series - P1 - Foundation
The P1 Foundation program is designed to introduce players to the core fundamentals of pickleball. It serves as the starting point for new members, ensuring they develop a solid understanding of the game. This program provides structured lessons, skill assessments, and guided practice to help players build confidence and competence in pickleball.
Cost:
Members: $20 (Free with booking pass)
Non-Members: $40
Note: Academy classes are designed for 8 players across 2 courts. If fewer than 3 players are registered 24 hours before start time, the class may be cancelled and booking passes/credits will be refunded if applicable.
Cancellation / No-Show Policy: Cancellations must be made at least 24 hours in advance. Late cancellations or no-shows may incur a $10 fee.
Suggested Rating: 3.5
Very important: Members please use the booking pass option during checkout if you still have booking passes available in your account. We will not be able to refund you if you chose to pay for the session when you have booking passes available.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Experienced Beginner level (2.0-3.0)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Intro to PickleballThis 90 minute clinic will focus on the rules of the game, scoring, positioning, serving/receiving and general strokes. All these will be learned in a fun, interactive setting and put into game play the ladder half of the session.
Adult Level Up 5 Days Bootcamp - Level Up from 2.5 to 3.0Tired of hitting the same ceiling? It’s time to elevate your game
Level Up Bootcamps are designed to help players breakthrough and compete harder
In this 2.5 to 3.0 bootcamp, we will cover
Understand the importance of getting to the kitchen line quickly and effectively. Many players at this level spend too much time stuck in the transition zone instead of advancing to the net.
Develop consistency by keeping serves and returns in play with confidence and control.
Improve ready position fundamentals by keeping the paddle up at the kitchen line and learning to react effectively on volleys.
Build rally consistency by sustaining 4–6 shot exchanges regularly during gameplay.
Junior Summer CampJunior Summer Camp for Kids Ages 9-15
Proper attire required with sneakers
Bring a water bottle. Refill station is available
Bring snacks that are peanuts free
Pickleball paddles will be provided
Daily Camp Structure
Warm-up & agility games
Pickleball skills and drills
Snack / rest break
Game Play
Creative activities (chess, painting pickleballs, etc.)
P-Series - P3 Play with a Pro 3.75 BelowThe P3 Play with the Pro session offers players a unique opportunity to blend coached match play with real-time feedback and strategic insights from a Picklr Pro. Designed for players progressing through the Picklr Pathway, this program focuses on situational awareness, shot selection, and court positioning during live play.
Players rotate partners and opponents while receiving on-court guidance from the Pro, including between-point coaching, shot recommendations, and tactical adjustments. This format bridges the gap between drilling and competitive play, accelerating player growth in a supportive, game-based environment.
Cost:
Members: $50
Non-Members: $50
No Booking Pass permitted
Note: This session is designed for 3 players on 1 court with the pro playing alongside each player. If fewer than 3 players are registered 24 hours before start time, the class may be canceled
Cancellation / No-Show Policy:
Cancellations must be made at least 72 hours in advance. No Refund after 72 hours.
Play With a Pro +3 Rising Intermediate 3.0 (1.5 hrs)Play with a Pro (1.5 hour): 3 Participants will play out points/games with the coach playing in. Each session will have a specific focus (e.g. court position; shot patterns) but feedback on all aspects of the game will be given throughout the session. This enables students to learn real time what they can do to improve their game and to better understand what might be holding them back. This works best if people sign up for the right level and/or with others they know are at a similar level as them.
Recommended rating to join this session is 2.8-3.3
Play With A Pro 3.5 - 4.0Ready to move up to the advanced 4.0 level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
P-Series - P3 Play with a Pro 3.75 BelowThe P3 Play with the Pro session offers players a unique opportunity to blend coached match play with real-time feedback and strategic insights from a Picklr Pro. Designed for players progressing through the Picklr Pathway, this program focuses on situational awareness, shot selection, and court positioning during live play.
Players rotate partners and opponents while receiving on-court guidance from the Pro, including between-point coaching, shot recommendations, and tactical adjustments. This format bridges the gap between drilling and competitive play, accelerating player growth in a supportive, game-based environment.
Cost:
Members: $50
Non-Members: $50
No Booking Pass permitted
Note: This session is designed for 3 players on 1 court with the pro playing alongside each player. If fewer than 3 players are registered 24 hours before start time, the class may be canceled
Cancellation / No-Show Policy:
Cancellations must be made at least 72 hours in advance. No Refund after 72 hours.
Beginner ClinicGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Play with Pro with IanPlay alongside a pro in a fun, interactive session while receiving real-time coaching, strategy tips, and personalized feedback.
Duration: 60 minutes
Age: Age 16+
Levels: High Intermediate, Intermediate
Play With A Pro 3.5 - 4.0Ready to move up to the advanced 4.0 level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
P-Series - P3 Play with a Pro 3.75 BelowThe P3 Play with the Pro session offers players a unique opportunity to blend coached match play with real-time feedback and strategic insights from a Picklr Pro. Designed for players progressing through the Picklr Pathway, this program focuses on situational awareness, shot selection, and court positioning during live play.
Players rotate partners and opponents while receiving on-court guidance from the Pro, including between-point coaching, shot recommendations, and tactical adjustments. This format bridges the gap between drilling and competitive play, accelerating player growth in a supportive, game-based environment.
Cost:
Members: $50
Non-Members: $50
No Booking Pass permitted
Note: This session is designed for 3 players on 1 court with the pro playing alongside each player. If fewer than 3 players are registered 24 hours before start time, the class may be canceled
Cancellation / No-Show Policy:
Cancellations must be made at least 72 hours in advance. No Refund after 72 hours.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Cardio/Drill Pickleball Class with Coach Cami🔥 Get Ready for the Ultimate Workout at Pickleball HQ! 🔥
Join us for Cardio/Drill Pickleball Class — a high-energy, fast-paced fitness session that blends the thrill
of Pickleball with heart-pumping cardio drills. Whether you’re looking to sharpen your skills on the court or
just want a fun way to stay fit, this class will push your agility, endurance, and overall fitness to the next level.
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
NEW - Partner Strategy ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
NO PARTNER NEEDED.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
5. Speedups and Counters
This session will be dedicated to understanding the nuances of speedups and how they could be utilized to generate a pop-up for you to smash. This will also focus on the different ways to handle each type of speedup so you can punish your opponent for doing so.
6. Playing “Fast” and Poaching
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to adapt your game to your opponents if you are struggling to safely transition to the non-volley-zone line.
7. Offensive Lobs and Retrieving Lobs
This session will be dedicated to applying pressure with lobs so you can push your opponents back off the non-volley-zone line and gain an advantage in the point. It will also focus on how to handle situations where you are lobbed and need to re-transition to the non-volley-zone line.
Play With Coach Ellen ClinicPLAY WITH COACH ELLEN
come play with coach Ellen, she will instruct you while you are playing
$35.00 per person
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
BKPT Practice By Jessie (BKPT Member Only)BKPT Practice
BKPT Members Only
Members FREE | Non-Members $40
Description
This dedicated practice session is exclusively for members of the Brooklyn Pickleball Team (BKPT) Program and is offered as part of our partnership with BKPT. Players will have access to reserved court time in a structured team practice environment designed to help build chemistry, sharpen skills, and prepare for league and competitive play.
We’re excited to support the BKPT community by providing a special partner rate and a consistent home for team training.
Best Fit for This Session
This session is intended exclusively for registered BKPT Team members. Players should be prepared for organized drills, match play, and competitive practice with fellow team members.
How Games Run
Practice format will be determined by BKPT leadership and may include drills, situational play, team strategy work, challenge matches, and structured games. This is a dedicated team practice rather than a standard open play session.
Before You Arrive
Bring athletic gear, clean court shoes, and your paddle. Need one? Paddle rentals and balls are available on site. Please arrive 10 minutes early for check-in.
Snacks, drinks, and water refills are also available on site.
Cancellation Details
Cancellations made 24+ hours in advance receive a full refund as an account credit. Late cancellations and no-shows are non-refundable.
If we cancel the session due to low registration or other reasons, your refund will be sent back to your original payment method within 3–5 business days. All other refunds are issued as account credit.
49 Ash St ste 1, Brooklyn, NY 11222, United States
[BEGINNER] Coach Guided Open PlayHave a coach watch and guide you during open play. Our coaches will provide tips and tricks on the spot as you play. Fun and easy way to learn basic match play tactics. Recommended for people who have played pickleball at <3.5 level, or have played less than 6 months.
Refunds will be offered as club credits if cancelled at least 24 hours prior to the start of the event. If cancelled within 24 hours of the start of the event, no refunds will be offered.
Please note, these sessions do include balls to use, but not paddles. We offer separately paddles for rent and for sale.
456 Nordhoff Place, Englewood, NJ 07631, United States
Intermediate Drills with Coach Martin | 3.0-3.5Intermediate Drills with Coach Martin | 3.0-3.5
Members $60 | Non-Members $75
Description
Led by Coach Martin, this clinic focuses on offensive opportunities at the kitchen line and the positioning skills needed to capitalize on them.
Players will learn when and how to speed up the ball effectively, explore Erne opportunities and setups, and develop proper overhead positioning to finish points with confidence. The session emphasizes decision-making, timing, and court awareness in game-like situations.
Best Fit for This Session
This clinic is designed for players with a suggested DUPR of 3.0–3.5 who are comfortable with the fundamentals and ready to add more offensive tools to their game. You should be able to sustain dink rallies, execute basic drops and resets, and understand standard doubles positioning.
If you are still working on basic shot consistency or learning foundational strategy, our beginner or lower-intermediate clinics may be a better fit first.
How Games Run
This is a coach-led instructional clinic featuring targeted drills, skill-building exercises, and guided gameplay. Coach Martin will provide personalized feedback throughout the session to help players improve shot selection, court positioning, and offensive decision-making. Players can expect a combination of drilling, situational exercises, and live play focused on applying the skills being taught.
Before You Arrive
Bring athletic gear, clean court shoes, and your paddle. Need one? Paddle rentals and balls are available on site. Please arrive 10 minutes early for check-in.
Snacks, drinks, and water refills are also available on site.
Cancellation Details
Cancellations made 24+ hours in advance receive a full refund as an account credit. Late cancellations and no-shows are non-refundable.
If we cancel the session due to low registration or other reasons, your refund will be sent back to your original payment method within 3–5 business days. All other refunds are issued as account credit.
49 Ash St ste 1, Brooklyn, NY 11222, United States
NEW - Partner Strategy ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
NO PARTNER NEEDED.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
5. Speedups and Counters
This session will be dedicated to understanding the nuances of speedups and how they could be utilized to generate a pop-up for you to smash. This will also focus on the different ways to handle each type of speedup so you can punish your opponent for doing so.
6. Playing “Fast” and Poaching
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to adapt your game to your opponents if you are struggling to safely transition to the non-volley-zone line.
7. Offensive Lobs and Retrieving Lobs
This session will be dedicated to applying pressure with lobs so you can push your opponents back off the non-volley-zone line and gain an advantage in the point. It will also focus on how to handle situations where you are lobbed and need to re-transition to the non-volley-zone line.
[BEGINNER] Coach Guided Open PlayHave a coach watch and guide you during open play. Our coaches will provide tips and tricks on the spot as you play. Fun and easy way to learn basic match play tactics. Recommended for people who have played pickleball at <3.5 level, or have played less than 6 months.
Refunds will be offered as club credits if cancelled at least 24 hours prior to the start of the event. If cancelled within 24 hours of the start of the event, no refunds will be offered.
Please note, these sessions do include balls to use, but not paddles. We offer separately paddles for rent and for sale.
456 Nordhoff Place, Englewood, NJ 07631, United States
SUMMER CAMP-Week 9Who
5th–9th Graders (Ages 10–15)
Time
9:00 AM – 3:00 PM
Investment
$400 per child
$50 OFF for siblings or returning campers
Bonus Offer
Register for 3 camp sessions and receive a FREE Casa Starter Kit including a paddle!
What to Expect
· Fun icebreakers & team games
· Skill-building drills & professional coaching
· Low-pressure gameplay & friendly challenges
· Pickleballympics Tournament
· Daily awards & end-of-day wrap-up
· Light snacks & beverages included
What to Bring
Your favorite lunch, athletic wear, and plenty of energy!
NEW- Build Your Own Pro+3 - 90minsBuild Your Own Pro+3
Customize your Pro+3 by selecting the players and and skill areas on which you'd like pointers.
Just tell your friends to register or add guests.
Velto Junior AcademyVelto Junior Academy is for both newer and more seasoned players between the ages of 10 to 17. Kids will be broken up by Age & Skill Level.
Kids without experience will learn the basics (how to play, how to score, basic techniques) before entering into carnival - style fun pickleball mini games and real games.
More advanced kids will hop right into an open play with live coaching and guidance, as well as fast-paced live ball games to ensure everyone’s always getting in on the fun.
The program is an opportunity for kids to be introduced to pickleball at Velto, make friends, and have a blast.
All kids will also be given a surprise at the end of the event for being a part of the first junior Clinic at Velto.
Cancellation Policy: Full refund with cancellations over 48+ hours before the start time of the event.
Junior Summer Session - AugustWhen: - Aug 3rd - Aug 6th (9AM - 12PM)
Join us for The Picklr Junior Summer Sessions! A fun, high-energy, weeklong pickleball experience built for junior players 8-18 who already know the basics and are ready to level up.
Running Monday through Thursday, these sessions mix skill-building, live gameplay, and real-time coaching in a positive, encouraging environment. Each day introduces a new focus and builds on the day before, helping players grow their confidence, sharpen their skills, and finish the week playing their best pickleball, all while having a blast on court.
Format
4-day camp (Monday–Thursday)
3 hours per day (12 total hours)
Players register based on time availability, not age
Pricing (Full Week Registration Only)
Members: $149
Non-Members: $199
All participants receive:
A T-shirt - Code provided after registration
A Certificate of Completion
Daily Skill Themes
Each day focuses on a specific skill that builds throughout the week:
Monday: Touch & Control
Tuesday: Energy & Power
Wednesday: Footwork & Agility
Thursday: Placement & Targets
Skills are introduced through drills and applied through gameplay, helping players see real improvement by the end of the week.
Who This Is For
Junior players ages 8–18
Players who already understand basic rules, scoring, and court positioning
Not recommended for brand-new beginners
Skill Grouping & Player Experience
Parents simply register their child and note a suggested skill level at checkout
Coaches handle all grouping once the sessions begin
Players are placed into small skill-based groups and may move between groups as skills develop
Age differences may exist when skill levels are similar and are managed carefully by coaches
The goal is to create a fun, challenging, and supportive experience for every player.
Coaching & Feedback
Sessions are led by experienced Picklr coaches
Players receive live feedback, encouragement, and recognition throughout the week
Each day includes a fun, game-style Wingfield challenge to help track improvement and celebrate progress
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations must be made at least 1 week in advance to receive a refund or credit
Full-week registration required (no single-day attendance)
Why Register?
Build real skills in a short, focused format
Play more games with coaching guidance
Learn in a fun, high-energy environment
Leave with confidence, improvement, and momentum to keep playing
Cardio/Drill Pickleball Class with Coach Cami🔥 Get Ready for the Ultimate Workout at Pickleball HQ! 🔥
Join us for Cardio/Drill Pickleball Class — a high-energy, fast-paced fitness session that blends the thrill
of Pickleball with heart-pumping cardio drills. Whether you’re looking to sharpen your skills on the court or
just want a fun way to stay fit, this class will push your agility, endurance, and overall fitness to the next level.
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
Play With A Pro 3.5 - 4.0Ready to move up to the advanced 4.0 level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
It is a DRILL, with a casa Coach:table_tennis_paddle_and_ball: This is a DRILL
Every Tuesday | 10:00 AM – 11:00 AM
Looking to build consistency and improve your game one skill at a time? Join us every Tuesday for Drill of the Week, where a Casa Pickle Coach breaks down one essential pickleball drill designed to help you become a stronger, smarter player.
Each session focuses on a single skill, allowing you to understand the purpose of the drill, proper technique, and how to apply it during match play.
Session Format
10:00 – 10:30 AM
Coach demonstration and instruction
Technique breakdown
Strategy and common mistakes
Q&A
10:30 – 11:00 AM
Guided player practice with coach feedback and corrections - Coach will observe not play.
11:00 AM – 12:00 PM
:tada: Complimentary Open Play - no coach present
Stay and put your newly learned skills into action during one hour of free Open Play.
8-Week Drill Rotation
Week 1: Third Shot Drop Consistency
Week 2: Dinking Control & Placement
Week 3: Volley Reflexes & Hand Speed
Week 4: Serve & Return Accuracy
Week 5: Transition Zone Footwork & Resets
Week 6: Crosscourt Dinking & Patience
Week 7: Lob Defense & Overhead Smashes
Week 8: Crazy Angles
The rotation repeats every eight weeks with new coaching tips, progressions, and advanced variations.
Pricing
:gem: Diamond Members: $5
:first_place_medal: Gold Members: $6
:admission_tickets: Visitors: $10
Capacity
Minimum: 4 players
Maximum: 12 players
SUMMER BOOT CAMP PICKLEBALL TRAINING WITH COACH CAMISUMMER BOOT CAMP PICKLEBALL TRAINING WITH COACH CAMI
THIS IS FOR INTERMEDIATE SKILLED LEVEL PLAYERS
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
Coach Guided Open PlayGreat opportunity to continue learning and gain the confidence to play in Open Plays.
Our coach will guide the group through the open play format providing game and shot tips as you play!
Come join all the social fun of Open Plays!!!
Coach Guided Open PlayGreat opportunity to continue learning and gain the confidence to play in Open Plays.
Our coach will guide the group through the open play format providing game and shot tips as you play!
Come join all the social fun of Open Plays!!!
Adult Level Up 5 Days Bootcamp - Level Up from 2.5 to 3.0Tired of hitting the same ceiling? It’s time to elevate your game
Level Up Bootcamps are designed to help players breakthrough and compete harder
In this 2.5 to 3.0 bootcamp, we will cover
Understand the importance of getting to the kitchen line quickly and effectively. Many players at this level spend too much time stuck in the transition zone instead of advancing to the net.
Develop consistency by keeping serves and returns in play with confidence and control.
Improve ready position fundamentals by keeping the paddle up at the kitchen line and learning to react effectively on volleys.
Build rally consistency by sustaining 4–6 shot exchanges regularly during gameplay.
Junior Summer CampJunior Summer Camp for Kids Ages 9-15
Proper attire required with sneakers
Bring a water bottle. Refill station is available
Bring snacks that are peanuts free
Pickleball paddles will be provided
Daily Camp Structure
Warm-up & agility games
Pickleball skills and drills
Snack / rest break
Game Play
Creative activities (chess, painting pickleballs, etc.)
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Skills & Drills 60minsGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Play With a Pro +3 Rising Intermediate 3.0 (1.5 hrs)Play with a Pro (1.5 hour): 3 Participants will play out points/games with the coach playing in. Each session will have a specific focus (e.g. court position; shot patterns) but feedback on all aspects of the game will be given throughout the session. This enables students to learn real time what they can do to improve their game and to better understand what might be holding them back. This works best if people sign up for the right level and/or with others they know are at a similar level as them.
Recommended rating to join this session is 2.8-3.3
SUMMER BOOT CAMP PICKLEBALL TRAINING WITH COACH CAMISUMMER BOOT CAMP PICKLEBALL TRAINING WITH COACH CAMI
THIS IS FOR INTERMEDIATE SKILLED LEVEL PLAYERS
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
NEW - Partner Strategy ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
3 and me with Bernard🏓 3 & Me
🧑🏫 Coach
Led by Coach Bernard, a certified pickleball instructor known for developing player confidence and game IQ. His teaching style blends technical precision with in-game adaptability, making each session both challenging and enjoyable.
✨ What Makes It Special
“3 & Me” brings players together in a unique small-group coaching format — three players paired with one experienced coach. This structure creates the perfect balance between personalized attention and dynamic, game-based play.
🎯 Who Is It For
Intermediate+ players looking to level up through focused, small-group coaching.
🔍 Primary Focus
This session is built around real-game scenarios, helping players improve:
• Strategy and shot selection
• Teamwork and court awareness
• Consistency under pressure
The goal is to elevate both individual technique and group coordination.
👀 What to Expect
Players will practice doubles formations, third-shot setups, and transition play while receiving immediate, tactical feedback from the coach during live play.
⏱️ Duration
Each 3 & Me session runs for 60 minutes, offering the ideal balance between focused instruction and match-style play.
Intro to Pickleball with Coach SzeIntro to Pickleball
$40
*GREENPOINT RESIDENTS PLAY FREE WITH VALID ID*
Session will be refunded as club credit for Greenpoint residents
Share This Event Link To Friends And Join Together: https://app.courtreserve.com/Online/Events/Public/17550/2124319
Description
Curious about pickleball? This small group, beginner-friendly clinic is the perfect place to start. Led by Coach Sze, this introductory session is designed for players with little to no pickleball experience and provides a fun, supportive environment to learn the fundamentals of the fastest-growing sport in the country.
Players will be introduced to the basic rules, scoring, court positioning, and essential shots needed to start playing with confidence. No prior experience is required.
Best Fit for This Session
This clinic is designed specifically for brand-new players and beginners. If you've never played pickleball before, have only played a few times, or are looking for a structured introduction to the game, this session is for you.
No pickleball experience is necessary, and all questions are welcome.
How Games Run
This is a coach-led instructional clinic featuring demonstrations, skill-building drills, and guided gameplay.
* Coach Lynn will introduce the core fundamentals of pickleball.
* Learn serving, returning, dinking, volleying, scoring, and court positioning.
* Participate in skill-building drills designed for beginners.
* Practice each skill before applying it in beginner-friendly games.
* Receive instruction, feedback, and guidance throughout the session.
* Paddles will be provided for all participants.
Simply show up ready to learn, improve, and have fun.
Before You Arrive
Bring athletic gear and clean court shoes. Paddles and balls will be provided for this session. Please arrive 10 minutes early for check-in.
Snacks, drinks, and water refills are also available on site.
Cancellation Details
Cancellations made 24+ hours in advance receive a full refund as an account credit. Late cancellations and no-shows are non-refundable.
If we cancel the session due to low registration or other reasons, your refund will be sent back to your original payment method within 3–5 business days. All other refunds are issued as account credit.
49 Ash St ste 1, Brooklyn, NY 11222, United States
P-Series - Skills and DrillsThe P-Series Skills & Drills clinic provides players with structured opportunities to reinforce and refine their technique. These sessions focus on enhancing consistency, precision, and strategic play through targeted drills.
Cost:
Members & Non-Members: $45
Note: Skills & Drills classes are offered with 4 or 8 players to maintain the ideal coaching environment.
A minimum of 4 players is required to run the clinic.
If fewer than 4 players are registered 24 hours before the start time, the class may be canceled, and any applicable credits or payments will be refunded.
If 6 players are registered, the session will automatically be converted to P3 – Play with a Pro, providing a smaller group experience with more individualized coaching.
Once the class is converted to P3 – Play with a Pro, the clinic price will be adjusted to the current P3 – Play with a Pro rate.
Cancellation / No-Show Policy: Cancellations must be made at least 72 hours in advance. Late cancellations
SUMMER CAMP-Week 9Who
5th–9th Graders (Ages 10–15)
Time
9:00 AM – 3:00 PM
Investment
$400 per child
$50 OFF for siblings or returning campers
Bonus Offer
Register for 3 camp sessions and receive a FREE Casa Starter Kit including a paddle!
What to Expect
· Fun icebreakers & team games
· Skill-building drills & professional coaching
· Low-pressure gameplay & friendly challenges
· Pickleballympics Tournament
· Daily awards & end-of-day wrap-up
· Light snacks & beverages included
What to Bring
Your favorite lunch, athletic wear, and plenty of energy!
Velto Junior AcademyVelto Junior Academy is for both newer and more seasoned players between the ages of 10 to 17. Kids will be broken up by Age & Skill Level.
Kids without experience will learn the basics (how to play, how to score, basic techniques) before entering into carnival - style fun pickleball mini games and real games.
More advanced kids will hop right into an open play with live coaching and guidance, as well as fast-paced live ball games to ensure everyone’s always getting in on the fun.
The program is an opportunity for kids to be introduced to pickleball at Velto, make friends, and have a blast.
All kids will also be given a surprise at the end of the event for being a part of the first junior Clinic at Velto.
Cancellation Policy: Full refund with cancellations over 48+ hours before the start time of the event.
Junior Summer Session - AugustWhen: - Aug 3rd - Aug 6th (9AM - 12PM)
Join us for The Picklr Junior Summer Sessions! A fun, high-energy, weeklong pickleball experience built for junior players 8-18 who already know the basics and are ready to level up.
Running Monday through Thursday, these sessions mix skill-building, live gameplay, and real-time coaching in a positive, encouraging environment. Each day introduces a new focus and builds on the day before, helping players grow their confidence, sharpen their skills, and finish the week playing their best pickleball, all while having a blast on court.
Format
4-day camp (Monday–Thursday)
3 hours per day (12 total hours)
Players register based on time availability, not age
Pricing (Full Week Registration Only)
Members: $149
Non-Members: $199
All participants receive:
A T-shirt - Code provided after registration
A Certificate of Completion
Daily Skill Themes
Each day focuses on a specific skill that builds throughout the week:
Monday: Touch & Control
Tuesday: Energy & Power
Wednesday: Footwork & Agility
Thursday: Placement & Targets
Skills are introduced through drills and applied through gameplay, helping players see real improvement by the end of the week.
Who This Is For
Junior players ages 8–18
Players who already understand basic rules, scoring, and court positioning
Not recommended for brand-new beginners
Skill Grouping & Player Experience
Parents simply register their child and note a suggested skill level at checkout
Coaches handle all grouping once the sessions begin
Players are placed into small skill-based groups and may move between groups as skills develop
Age differences may exist when skill levels are similar and are managed carefully by coaches
The goal is to create a fun, challenging, and supportive experience for every player.
Coaching & Feedback
Sessions are led by experienced Picklr coaches
Players receive live feedback, encouragement, and recognition throughout the week
Each day includes a fun, game-style Wingfield challenge to help track improvement and celebrate progress
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations must be made at least 1 week in advance to receive a refund or credit
Full-week registration required (no single-day attendance)
Why Register?
Build real skills in a short, focused format
Play more games with coaching guidance
Learn in a fun, high-energy environment
Leave with confidence, improvement, and momentum to keep playing
Play With A Pro 3.0 - 3.5Ready to move up to the High Intermediate 3.5+ level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Experienced Beginner level (2.0-3.0)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Experienced Beginner level (2.0-3.0)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Junior Summer CampJunior Summer Camp for Kids Ages 9-15
Proper attire required with sneakers
Bring a water bottle. Refill station is available
Bring snacks that are peanuts free
Pickleball paddles will be provided
Daily Camp Structure
Warm-up & agility games
Pickleball skills and drills
Snack / rest break
Game Play
Creative activities (chess, painting pickleballs, etc.)
Adult Level Up 5 Days Bootcamp - Level Up from 2.5 to 3.0Tired of hitting the same ceiling? It’s time to elevate your game
Level Up Bootcamps are designed to help players breakthrough and compete harder
In this 2.5 to 3.0 bootcamp, we will cover
Understand the importance of getting to the kitchen line quickly and effectively. Many players at this level spend too much time stuck in the transition zone instead of advancing to the net.
Develop consistency by keeping serves and returns in play with confidence and control.
Improve ready position fundamentals by keeping the paddle up at the kitchen line and learning to react effectively on volleys.
Build rally consistency by sustaining 4–6 shot exchanges regularly during gameplay.
Play With A Pro 3.5 - 4.0Ready to move up to the advanced 4.0 level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
NEW - PARTNER STRATEGY ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
Intro to PickleballThis 90 minute clinic will focus on the rules of the game, scoring, positioning, serving/receiving and general strokes. All these will be learned in a fun, interactive setting and put into game play the ladder half of the session.
Beginner ClinicGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
4 Week Advanced Beginners ClinicThis 4-week clinic series is for Advanced Beginners who are ready to take their game to the next level.
Clinic Schedule
With our coach and 4 other students, you’ll learn the following:
Week 1. How to forehand/backhand dink
Week 2. How to hit a 3rd shot drop/drive
Week 3. How to volly back and forth.
Week 4. Blocking the 3rd shot drive and countering when in hands battles
Each class will be 1.5 hours long, with a combination of Coach guided drills and demonstrations!
If you were to sign up, it is a commitment to the 4-Week clinic series. If you cannot make a class, please let your coach know before hand.
Cancellation Policy: Full refund with cancellations over 48+ hours before the start time of the event.
Play With Coach Ellen ClinicPLAY WITH COACH ELLEN
come play with coach Ellen, she will instruct you while you are playing
$35.00 per person
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
NEW - Partner Strategy ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
5. Speedups and Counters
This session will be dedicated to understanding the nuances of speedups and how they could be utilized to generate a pop-up for you to smash. This will also focus on the different ways to handle each type of speedup so you can punish your opponent for doing so.
6. Playing “Fast” and Poaching
3 and me with Bernard🏓 3 & Me
🧑🏫 Coach
Led by Coach Bernard, a certified pickleball instructor known for developing player confidence and game IQ. His teaching style blends technical precision with in-game adaptability, making each session both challenging and enjoyable.
✨ What Makes It Special
“3 & Me” brings players together in a unique small-group coaching format — three players paired with one experienced coach. This structure creates the perfect balance between personalized attention and dynamic, game-based play.
🎯 Who Is It For
Intermediate+ players looking to level up through focused, small-group coaching.
🔍 Primary Focus
This session is built around real-game scenarios, helping players improve:
• Strategy and shot selection
• Teamwork and court awareness
• Consistency under pressure
The goal is to elevate both individual technique and group coordination.
👀 What to Expect
Players will practice doubles formations, third-shot setups, and transition play while receiving immediate, tactical feedback from the coach during live play.
⏱️ Duration
Each 3 & Me session runs for 60 minutes, offering the ideal balance between focused instruction and match-style play.
[INTERMEDIATE] Coach Guided Open Play (5:30pm)Have a coach watch and guide you during open play. Our coaches will provide tips and tricks on the spot as you play. Fun and easy way to learn basic match play tactics. Recommended for people who have played pickleball at <3.5 level, or have played less than 6 months.
Refunds will be offered as club credits if cancelled at least 24 hours prior to the start of the event. If cancelled within 24 hours of the start of the event, no refunds will be offered.
Please note, these sessions do include balls to use, but not paddles. We offer separately paddles for rent and for sale.
456 Nordhoff Place, Englewood, NJ 07631, United States
4 Week Clinic for IntermediateABOUT
This 4-week clinic series is for Intermediate players who are ready to take their game to the next level.
Clinic Schedule
With our coach and 4 other students, you’ll learn the following:
Week 1: how to reliably get to the kitchen (serves, drives, drops, drips, resets)
Week 2: how to stop your opponents getting to the kitchen (returns, 4th shot decision making, drive tolerance, flicks/rolls)
Week 3: How to win once you’re at the kitchen (speedups + dinking patterns)
Week 4: How to be ready for your opponents game plan in the kitchen. (Counters + dinking patterns+ finishing pieces)
Each class will be 1.5 hours long, with a combination of coach-guided drills and demonstrations!
If you were to sign up, it is a commitment to the 4-Week clinic series. If you cannot attend a class, please let your coach know before hand.
Cancellation Policy: Full refund with cancellations over 48+ hours before the start time of the event.
Pickleball coaching for Advanced Intermediate / Advanced trainingExisting trainees receive 10% for enrolling again, call us to receive account credit.
Coaching for Advanced Intermediate / advnaced training for DUPR >=3.5
60 min sessions
4 session package
Continue to hone in on the skills.
Spend dedicated 60 minutes with the coach on the court.
We can also customize a training program as per your needs.
Please feel free to call or speak with the coach during your session.
[INTERMEDIATE] Coach Guided Open Play (6:30pm)Have a coach watch and guide you during open play. Our coaches will provide tips and tricks on the spot as you play. Fun and easy way to learn basic match play tactics. Recommended for people who have played pickleball at <3.5 level, or have played less than 6 months.
Refunds will be offered as club credits if cancelled at least 24 hours prior to the start of the event. If cancelled within 24 hours of the start of the event, no refunds will be offered.
Please note, these sessions do include balls to use, but not paddles. We offer separately paddles for rent and for sale.
456 Nordhoff Place, Englewood, NJ 07631, United States
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
Junior Summer Session - AugustWhen: - Aug 3rd - Aug 6th (9AM - 12PM)
Join us for The Picklr Junior Summer Sessions! A fun, high-energy, weeklong pickleball experience built for junior players 8-18 who already know the basics and are ready to level up.
Running Monday through Thursday, these sessions mix skill-building, live gameplay, and real-time coaching in a positive, encouraging environment. Each day introduces a new focus and builds on the day before, helping players grow their confidence, sharpen their skills, and finish the week playing their best pickleball, all while having a blast on court.
Format
4-day camp (Monday–Thursday)
3 hours per day (12 total hours)
Players register based on time availability, not age
Pricing (Full Week Registration Only)
Members: $149
Non-Members: $199
All participants receive:
A T-shirt - Code provided after registration
A Certificate of Completion
Daily Skill Themes
Each day focuses on a specific skill that builds throughout the week:
Monday: Touch & Control
Tuesday: Energy & Power
Wednesday: Footwork & Agility
Thursday: Placement & Targets
Skills are introduced through drills and applied through gameplay, helping players see real improvement by the end of the week.
Who This Is For
Junior players ages 8–18
Players who already understand basic rules, scoring, and court positioning
Not recommended for brand-new beginners
Skill Grouping & Player Experience
Parents simply register their child and note a suggested skill level at checkout
Coaches handle all grouping once the sessions begin
Players are placed into small skill-based groups and may move between groups as skills develop
Age differences may exist when skill levels are similar and are managed carefully by coaches
The goal is to create a fun, challenging, and supportive experience for every player.
Coaching & Feedback
Sessions are led by experienced Picklr coaches
Players receive live feedback, encouragement, and recognition throughout the week
Each day includes a fun, game-style Wingfield challenge to help track improvement and celebrate progress
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations must be made at least 1 week in advance to receive a refund or credit
Full-week registration required (no single-day attendance)
Why Register?
Build real skills in a short, focused format
Play more games with coaching guidance
Learn in a fun, high-energy environment
Leave with confidence, improvement, and momentum to keep playing
Velto Junior AcademyVelto Junior Academy is for both newer and more seasoned players between the ages of 10 to 17. Kids will be broken up by Age & Skill Level.
Kids without experience will learn the basics (how to play, how to score, basic techniques) before entering into carnival - style fun pickleball mini games and real games.
More advanced kids will hop right into an open play with live coaching and guidance, as well as fast-paced live ball games to ensure everyone’s always getting in on the fun.
The program is an opportunity for kids to be introduced to pickleball at Velto, make friends, and have a blast.
All kids will also be given a surprise at the end of the event for being a part of the first junior Clinic at Velto.
Cancellation Policy: Full refund with cancellations over 48+ hours before the start time of the event.
Clinic Series - Path to 3.5: Playing with StrategyClinic Series - Path to 3.5: Playing with Strategy
Ever feel like you’re hitting solid shots but still losing points you should be winning? This six-week series will teach you how to play with intention instead of reacting. You’ll learn how to control the point from the serve and return, take command of the kitchen line, and place the ball to create pressure and force errors—so you’re dictating play rather than hoping for a mistake.Prerequisites: You should be able to execute basic shots (serve, return, drive, drop, volley, and dink) with some consistency or have completed Path to Intermediate Level 1. If you are unsure if this series is the right fit, please reach out.Our clinics are based on a curriculum developed by theRacket Professional Organization (RPO), founded by Collin Johns, who many consider to be one of the world's best pickleball coaches. Our excellent team of coaches has been trained in the RPO method, and we think you will find it to be game-changing in terms of the quality of instruction.
Max per class: 4
Cancellation policy:Because of the challenge of finding a last minute replacement for a clinic series, cancellations must be made at least 3 days prior to the start of the first session.
Cancellation for low enrollment: The clinic series will be cancelled for low enrollment if it does not have at least 3 registered participants prior to the first class
Skills & Drills 60minsGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Junior Summer CampJunior Summer Camp for Kids Ages 9-15
Proper attire required with sneakers
Bring a water bottle. Refill station is available
Bring snacks that are peanuts free
Pickleball paddles will be provided
Daily Camp Structure
Warm-up & agility games
Pickleball skills and drills
Snack / rest break
Game Play
Creative activities (chess, painting pickleballs, etc.)
Adult Level Up 5 Days Bootcamp - Level Up from 2.5 to 3.0Tired of hitting the same ceiling? It’s time to elevate your game
Level Up Bootcamps are designed to help players breakthrough and compete harder
In this 2.5 to 3.0 bootcamp, we will cover
Understand the importance of getting to the kitchen line quickly and effectively. Many players at this level spend too much time stuck in the transition zone instead of advancing to the net.
Develop consistency by keeping serves and returns in play with confidence and control.
Improve ready position fundamentals by keeping the paddle up at the kitchen line and learning to react effectively on volleys.
Build rally consistency by sustaining 4–6 shot exchanges regularly during gameplay.
Guided Play with Mark & ElaineGuided Play with Mark & Elaine
Age: All Ages
Level: Beginner & Intermediate
Receive personalized one-on-one coaching during live play.
Get real-time feedback on strategy, positioning, and shot selection.
Learn smarter decision-making in actual game situations.
Improve your skills faster while playing in a fun and supportive environment.
P-Series - P3 Play with a Pro 3.75 BelowThe P3 Play with the Pro session offers players a unique opportunity to blend coached match play with real-time feedback and strategic insights from a Picklr Pro. Designed for players progressing through the Picklr Pathway, this program focuses on situational awareness, shot selection, and court positioning during live play.
Players rotate partners and opponents while receiving on-court guidance from the Pro, including between-point coaching, shot recommendations, and tactical adjustments. This format bridges the gap between drilling and competitive play, accelerating player growth in a supportive, game-based environment.
Cost:
Members: $50
Non-Members: $50
No Booking Pass permitted
Note: This session is designed for 3 players on 1 court with the pro playing alongside each player. If fewer than 3 players are registered 24 hours before start time, the class may be canceled
Cancellation / No-Show Policy:
Cancellations must be made at least 72 hours in advance. No Refund after 72 hours.
P Series - Guided Gameplay 3.75 BelowP Series - Guided Gameplay is a structured, coach-led session designed to help players improve through live gameplay, strategy instruction, and real-time feedback. Unlike open play, Guided Gameplay combines competitive games with coaching support to develop shot selection, court positioning, communication, and overall game awareness in a fun and social environment.
Players rotate through organized matches while the coach actively participates and observes play, providing tactical adjustments and personalized feedback throughout the session. The focus is on improving consistency, decision-making, teamwork, and confidence in match situations.
Perfect for players looking to bridge the gap between drills and real-game performance, Guided Gameplay creates a supportive environment where players can learn, compete, and elevate their game together.
Cost
Members: $45
Non-Members: $45
Booking passes is not permitted for this program.
Program Format
4 players per court
The pro plays alongside participants during gameplay
Personalized coaching and feedback throughout the session
Minimum Enrollment
This session requires a minimum of 4 players. If fewer than 4 players are registered 24 hours prior to the start time, the session may be canceled.
Cancellation / No-Show Policy
Cancellations must be made at least 72 hours before the session start time. No refunds will be issued for cancellations made within 72 hours of the session.
Cardio/Drill Pickleball Class with Coach Cami🔥 Get Ready for the Ultimate Workout at Pickleball HQ! 🔥
Join us for Cardio/Drill Pickleball Class — a high-energy, fast-paced fitness session that blends the thrill
of Pickleball with heart-pumping cardio drills. Whether you’re looking to sharpen your skills on the court or
just want a fun way to stay fit, this class will push your agility, endurance, and overall fitness to the next level.
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
Ready, Set, Reset! Advanced Beginner Clinic with Coach SzeReady, Set, Reset! Advanced Beginner Clinic with Coach Sze
Members $60 | Non-Members $75
Description
Join Coach Sze for a small-group clinic designed for newer players who are starting to feel comfortable with the basics and are ready to level up their game. This session focuses on practical skills, simple strategy improvements, and key habits that help beginners transition into more confident, consistent players.
Players will receive hands-on guidance, live feedback, and targeted instruction to help improve shot execution, court awareness, and overall decision-making.
Best Fit for This Session
This clinic is designed for advanced beginners who already understand the basic rules of pickleball and have some experience playing full games.
You should be comfortable with scoring and able to sustain short rallies. This session is ideal if you're ready to move beyond just “getting the ball in” and start learning how to play with more control, intention, and consistency.
If you are brand new to pickleball, a beginner intro clinic may be a better starting point.
How Games Run
* Small-group clinic format led by Coach Sze.
* Focus on drills, live-ball repetition, and guided gameplay.
* Maximum 6 players per court.
* Emphasis on improving core skills such as dinking, serving consistency, return of serve, and basic positioning.
* Coach Sze will provide real-time corrections, tips, and simple tactical guidance throughout the session.
* Players will rotate frequently through drill stations and point-play scenarios.
This is a development-focused session designed to build confidence and reinforce strong fundamentals through repetition and coaching feedback.
Before You Arrive
Bring athletic gear, clean court shoes, and your paddle. Need one? Paddle rentals and balls are available on site. Please arrive 10 minutes early for check-in.
Snacks, drinks, and water refills are also available on site.
Cancellation Details
Cancellations made 24+ hours in advance receive a full refund as an account credit. Late cancellations and no-shows are non-refundable.
If we cancel the session due to low registration or other reasons, your refund will be sent back to your original payment method within 3–5 business days. All other refunds are issued as account credit.
49 Ash St ste 1, Brooklyn, NY 11222, United States
P Series - Guided Gameplay 3.75 BelowP Series - Guided Gameplay is a structured, coach-led session designed to help players improve through live gameplay, strategy instruction, and real-time feedback. Unlike open play, Guided Gameplay combines competitive games with coaching support to develop shot selection, court positioning, communication, and overall game awareness in a fun and social environment.
Players rotate through organized matches while the coach actively participates and observes play, providing tactical adjustments and personalized feedback throughout the session. The focus is on improving consistency, decision-making, teamwork, and confidence in match situations.
Perfect for players looking to bridge the gap between drills and real-game performance, Guided Gameplay creates a supportive environment where players can learn, compete, and elevate their game together.
Cost
Members: $45
Non-Members: $45
Booking passes is not permitted for this program.
Program Format
4 players per court
The pro plays alongside participants during gameplay
Personalized coaching and feedback throughout the session
Minimum Enrollment
This session requires a minimum of 4 players. If fewer than 4 players are registered 24 hours prior to the start time, the session may be canceled.
Cancellation / No-Show Policy
Cancellations must be made at least 72 hours before the session start time. No refunds will be issued for cancellations made within 72 hours of the session.
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
OpenPlay 3 hrs weekendOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
SUMMER CAMP-Week 9Who
5th–9th Graders (Ages 10–15)
Time
9:00 AM – 3:00 PM
Investment
$400 per child
$50 OFF for siblings or returning campers
Bonus Offer
Register for 3 camp sessions and receive a FREE Casa Starter Kit including a paddle!
What to Expect
· Fun icebreakers & team games
· Skill-building drills & professional coaching
· Low-pressure gameplay & friendly challenges
· Pickleballympics Tournament
· Daily awards & end-of-day wrap-up
· Light snacks & beverages included
What to Bring
Your favorite lunch, athletic wear, and plenty of energy!
Velto Junior AcademyVelto Junior Academy is for both newer and more seasoned players between the ages of 10 to 17. Kids will be broken up by Age & Skill Level.
Kids without experience will learn the basics (how to play, how to score, basic techniques) before entering into carnival - style fun pickleball mini games and real games.
More advanced kids will hop right into an open play with live coaching and guidance, as well as fast-paced live ball games to ensure everyone’s always getting in on the fun.
The program is an opportunity for kids to be introduced to pickleball at Velto, make friends, and have a blast.
All kids will also be given a surprise at the end of the event for being a part of the first junior Clinic at Velto.
Cancellation Policy: Full refund with cancellations over 48+ hours before the start time of the event.
Coach Office HoursFor years, New York City’s coaching community has talked about creating a place where
coaches could simply be coaches.
A place to exchange ideas instead of guarding them.
To challenge one another, refine the way we teach, and then spend the second hour doing what
brought us here in the first place—playing.
Office Hours is that place.
This is a standing two-hour session created exclusively for pickleball coaches. Whether you
coach full-time or part-time, at a club or independently, you’re invited to spend two hours with
people who care as much about the craft as you do.
This is intentionally coaches only.
No lessons. No drop-ins. No exceptions.
Just coaches investing in coaches.
9:00–10:00 AM | Build Better Coaches
The first hour is dedicated entirely to learning from one another.
Court One — Clinic Lab
Share a clinic, progression, game, or teaching concept that’s genuinely worked for you.
Bring your favorite warm-up. Explain how you teach a skill. Demonstrate games your players
ask for every week. Workshop new programming. Leave with ideas you’ll use in your very next
clinic.
Steal responsibly.
Court Two — Drill Lab
A working court devoted entirely to drilling.
Refine patterns. Test new progressions. Experiment with drills before introducing them to
students. Sometimes another coach sees the one detail you’ve been missing.
Probably your feed.
10:00–11:00 AM | Coaches Play
The second hour belongs on the court.
Court One
4-on, 4-off Open Play
Court Two
Challenge Court — Winners Stay
Compete with and against coaches you rarely get to play with. Test ideas under pressure. Meet
coaches from other clubs. Build relationships that make New York’s coaching community
stronger.
Game sharpening game, taking nothing personally.
49 Ash St ste 1, Brooklyn, NY 11222, United States
Beginner ClinicThis 60 minute clinic will focus on stroke technique and building confidence on the court while also re-emphasizing rules, positioning, etc.
Intro to PickleballThis 90 minute clinic will focus on the rules of the game, scoring, positioning, serving/receiving and general strokes. All these will be learned in a fun, interactive setting and put into game play the ladder half of the session.
Skills & Drills 60minsGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Adult Level Up 5 Days Bootcamp - Level Up from 2.5 to 3.0Tired of hitting the same ceiling? It’s time to elevate your game
Level Up Bootcamps are designed to help players breakthrough and compete harder
In this 2.5 to 3.0 bootcamp, we will cover
Understand the importance of getting to the kitchen line quickly and effectively. Many players at this level spend too much time stuck in the transition zone instead of advancing to the net.
Develop consistency by keeping serves and returns in play with confidence and control.
Improve ready position fundamentals by keeping the paddle up at the kitchen line and learning to react effectively on volleys.
Build rally consistency by sustaining 4–6 shot exchanges regularly during gameplay.
Junior Summer CampJunior Summer Camp for Kids Ages 9-15
Proper attire required with sneakers
Bring a water bottle. Refill station is available
Bring snacks that are peanuts free
Pickleball paddles will be provided
Daily Camp Structure
Warm-up & agility games
Pickleball skills and drills
Snack / rest break
Game Play
Creative activities (chess, painting pickleballs, etc.)
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
Skills & Drills 60minsGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
3.5+ Drills and Dinks Session By ArthurDinking & Drills
Members FREE | Non-Members $20
Description
Join Player Advisor Arthur for a focused skill-building session featuring drills and other targeted training exercises designed to improve specific areas of your pickleball game. This session blends structured repetition with live-ball scenarios to help players build consistency, improve decision-making, and strengthen key technical skills.
Each session will emphasize intentional practice through high-rep drills and situational play, giving players clear feedback points and actionable improvements they can take into match play.
Best Fit for This Session
This session is recommended for players at a 3.5+ skill level who are comfortable with intermediate pickleball fundamentals and are ready to refine technique, improve shot quality, and develop more consistent execution under pressure.
Players should be familiar with scoring, doubles positioning, and core shots such as dinks, drives, volleys, and returns.
How Games Run
* Skill-focused drill session led by Player Advisor Arthur.
* Rotating drills and additional targeted skill exercises.
* Maximum 4 players per court.
* Emphasis on repetition, controlled practice, and situational live-ball scenarios.
* Players will rotate frequently to maximize reps and feedback opportunities.
This session is designed to help players build consistency and translate skills into match play.
Before You Arrive
Bring athletic gear, clean court shoes, and your paddle. Need one? Paddle rentals and balls are available on site. Please arrive 10 minutes early for check-in.
Snacks, drinks, and water refills are also available on site.
Cancellation Details
Cancellations made 8+ hours in advance receive a full refund as an account credit. Late cancellations and no-shows are non-refundable.
If we cancel the session due to low registration or other reasons, your refund will be sent back to your original payment method within 3–5 business days. All other refunds are issued as account credit.
49 Ash St ste 1, Brooklyn, NY 11222, United States
Beginner Drills with Coach Martin | 2.5-3.0Beginner Drills with Coach Martin | 2.5-3.0
Members $32 | Non-Members $40
Description
Drop into Coach Martin’s Office Hours for a focused beginner drill session designed to help players sharpen specific skills and improve overall consistency. This is a structured, high-rep training environment where players can work on targeted areas of their game with direct feedback from a coach.
Each session is adaptable based on player needs, allowing for personalized corrections, repetition-based learning, and guided improvement in key shot categories.
Best Fit for This Session
This session is recommended for players with a 2.5-3.0 suggested DUPR who are comfortable with basic gameplay and are ready to refine technique and build consistency.
Players should understand scoring, doubles positioning, and core shots such as dinks, drives, volleys, drops, and returns. This is ideal for players looking to clean up mechanics and develop more reliable execution under pressure.
How Games Run
* Coach-led “office hours” style drill session with Coach Martin.
* Focus on targeted skill development based on player needs.
* Maximum 6 players per court.
* High-repetition drilling with immediate feedback and correction.
* Mix of structured drills and live-ball situational practice.
* Players may rotate through stations or focused drill groups depending on session focus.
This is a development-focused session designed to isolate specific skills and accelerate improvement through repetition and coaching feedback.
Before You Arrive
Bring athletic gear, clean court shoes, and your paddle. Need one? Paddle rentals and balls are available on site. Please arrive 10 minutes early for check-in.
Snacks, drinks, and water refills are also available on site.
Cancellation Details
Cancellations made 24+ hours in advance receive a full refund as an account credit. Late cancellations and no-shows are non-refundable.
If we cancel the session due to low registration or other reasons, your refund will be sent back to your original payment method within 3–5 business days. All other refunds are issued as account credit.
49 Ash St ste 1, Brooklyn, NY 11222, United States
Intermediate Drills with Coach Martin | 3.0-3.5Intermediate Drills with Coach Martin | 3.0-3.5
Members $32 | Non-Members $40
Description
Led by Coach Martin, this clinic focuses on offensive opportunities at the kitchen line and the positioning skills needed to capitalize on them.
Players will learn when and how to speed up the ball effectively, explore Erne opportunities and setups, and develop proper overhead positioning to finish points with confidence. The session emphasizes decision-making, timing, and court awareness in game-like situations.
Best Fit for This Session
This clinic is designed for players with a suggested DUPR of 3.0–3.5 who are comfortable with the fundamentals and ready to add more offensive tools to their game. You should be able to sustain dink rallies, execute basic drops and resets, and understand standard doubles positioning.
If you are still working on basic shot consistency or learning foundational strategy, our beginner or lower-intermediate clinics may be a better fit first.
How Games Run
This is a coach-led instructional clinic featuring targeted drills, skill-building exercises, and guided gameplay. Coach Martin will provide personalized feedback throughout the session to help players improve shot selection, court positioning, and offensive decision-making. Players can expect a combination of drilling, situational exercises, and live play focused on applying the skills being taught.
Before You Arrive
Bring athletic gear, clean court shoes, and your paddle. Need one? Paddle rentals and balls are available on site. Please arrive 10 minutes early for check-in.
Snacks, drinks, and water refills are also available on site.
Cancellation Details
Cancellations made 24+ hours in advance receive a full refund as an account credit. Late cancellations and no-shows are non-refundable.
If we cancel the session due to low registration or other reasons, your refund will be sent back to your original payment method within 3–5 business days. All other refunds are issued as account credit.
49 Ash St ste 1, Brooklyn, NY 11222, United States
SUMMER BOOT CAMP PICKLEBALL TRAINING WITH COACH CAMISUMMER BOOT CAMP PICKLEBALL TRAINING WITH COACH CAMI
THIS IS FOR INTERMEDIATE SKILLED LEVEL PLAYERS
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
From Zero to HeroWhat Makes It Special
“Zero to Hero” isn’t just a clinic — it’s a journey. It’s about turning doubt into discipline and turning every missed shot into motivation. Under Coach’s guidance, players experience the mindset, movement, and mastery that move them from casual play to confident competition.
Who this clinic is designed for
This program is built for players who are ready to level up — mentally and physically. Whether you’re new to structured training or fighting a plateau, this clinic gives you the tools and confidence to rise.
Primary Focus
The core focus is progress and purpose — developing consistency, positioning, and power while building a champion’s mindset. Every drill is designed to build toward real match readiness.
Moments where frustration turns into flow. That’s the magic of this clinic — every challenge has a breakthrough waiting just past it.
Duration
Each “Zero to Hero” session runs 2 hours — a deep dive into high-intensity training balanced with technical refinement and focused match play. If only one participant, one hour session with Free Open Play.
Ideal For
Players who crave growth, confidence, and transformation — anyone ready to rewrite their pickleball story from the ground up.
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Intro to PickleballThis 90 minute clinic will focus on the rules of the game, scoring, positioning, serving/receiving and general strokes. All these will be learned in a fun, interactive setting and put into game play the ladder half of the session.
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
Beginner ClinicGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
OpenPlay 3 hrs weekendOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Coach Guided Open PlayGreat opportunity to continue learning and gain the confidence to play in Open Plays.
Our coach will guide the group through the open play format providing game and shot tips as you play!
Come join all the social fun of Open Plays!!!
Clinic Series - Path to Intermediate Level 2Clinic Series (7 classes) - Path to Intermediate, Level 2
The Level 2 Path to Intermediate clinic series is designed for players who have several months of pickleball experience, have participated in open plays at the advanced beginner or low intermediate level, and are looking to progress to a higher level of play. Each class in the series will focus on one of the 6 key elements of the RPO 101 program: Dinking, Volleys, the 3rd Shot Drop, Serving, Driving, and Groundstroke, but will approach the skills from a more advanced starting point than the Level 1 Path to Intermediate series. The final half hour of the class will transition to supervised games so that participants have an opportunity to apply the skills in a competitive scenario.
During the final week, the instructor will perform a DUPR assessment for all members of the class and provide you with a provisional DUPR rating (if you don’t have one already)
Our clinics are based on a curriculum developed by the Racket Professional Organization (RPO), founded by Collin Johns, who many consider to be one of the world's best pickleball coaches. Our excellent team of coaches has been trained in the RPO method, and we think you will find it to be game-changing in terms of the quality of instruction.
Max per class: 4
Cancellation policy: Because of the challenge of finding a last minute replacement for a clinic series, cancellations must be made at least 3 days prior to the start of the first session.
Cancellation for low enrollment: The clinic series will be cancelled for low enrollment
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Clinic Series - Path to Intermediate Level 1Clinic Series (7 classes) - Path to Intermediate, Level 1
The Level 1 Path to Intermediate clinic series is designed for players who have completed an Intro to Pickleball class and are looking to progress to an intermediate level of play. Each class in the series will focus on one of the 6 key elements of the RPO 101 program: Dinking, Volleys, the 3rd Shot Drop, Serving, Driving, and Groundstroke. The final half hour of the class will transition to supervised games so that participants have an opportunity to apply the skills in a competitive scenario.
During the final week, the instructor will perform a DUPR assessment for all members of the class and provide you with a provisional DUPR rating (if you don’t have one already)
Our clinics are based on a curriculum developed by the Racket Professional Organization (RPO), founded by Collin Johns, who many consider to be one of the world's best pickleball coaches. Our excellent team of coaches has been trained in the RPO method, and we think you will find it to be game-changing in terms of the quality of instruction.
Max per class: 4
Cancellation policy: Because of the challenge of finding a last minute replacement for a clinic series, cancellations must be made at least 3 days prior to the start of the first session.
Cancellation for low enrollment: The clinic series will be cancelled for low enrollment if it does not have at least 3 registered participants prior to the first class.
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
From Zero to HeroWhat Makes It Special
“Zero to Hero” isn’t just a clinic — it’s a journey. It’s about turning doubt into discipline and turning every missed shot into motivation. Under Coach’s guidance, players experience the mindset, movement, and mastery that move them from casual play to confident competition.
Who this clinic is designed for
This program is built for players who are ready to level up — mentally and physically. Whether you’re new to structured training or fighting a plateau, this clinic gives you the tools and confidence to rise.
Primary Focus
The core focus is progress and purpose — developing consistency, positioning, and power while building a champion’s mindset. Every drill is designed to build toward real match readiness.
Moments where frustration turns into flow. That’s the magic of this clinic — every challenge has a breakthrough waiting just past it.
Duration
Each “Zero to Hero” session runs 2 hours — a deep dive into high-intensity training balanced with technical refinement and focused match play. If only one participant, one hour session with Free Open Play.
Ideal For
Players who crave growth, confidence, and transformation — anyone ready to rewrite their pickleball story from the ground up.
Adaptive Pickleball Clinic (All Ages) - 6 Weeks ClinicAdaptive Pickleball - Inclusion, Fitness & Social Engagement
The Standard Game is modified to teach people with physical, cognitive and developmental challenges.
6-Weeks Session
Age: 9+
Level: All Levels
Paddles will be provided
Clinic - Women's Path to 4.0 with Coach AllenClinic Series (6 classes) - Path to 4.0 Level 1
This clinic series is designed for players who currently play at an Intermediate capability and are seeking the skills to progress to the 4.0 level. Each class in the series will focus on one of the 6 key elements of the RPO 201 program: Dinking, Volleys, the 3rd Shot Drop, Serving, Driving, and Groundstroke. The final half hour of the class will transition to supervised games so that participants have an opportunity to apply the skills in a competitive scenario.
Our clinics are based on a curriculum developed by the Racket Professional Organization (RPO), founded by Collin Johns, who many consider to be one of the world's best pickleball coaches. Our excellent team of coaches has been trained in the RPO method, and we think you will find it to be game-changing in terms of the quality of instruction.
Max per class: 4
Cancellation policy: Because of the challenge of finding a last minute replacement for a clinic series, cancellations must be made at least 3 days prior to the start of the first session.
Cancellation for low enrollment: The clinic series will be cancelled for low enrollment if it does not have at least 3 registered participants prior t
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Hero 101Congratulations on completing your Zero to Hero class with Coach Deepak!
You’ve officially taken the first step in your pickleball journey and are now ready for Hero 101 with Coach Deepak. Join us this Sunday from 12:00 PM to 1:30 PM to continue building your skills, confidence, and understanding of the game. Reservations at Court Reserve.
We look forward to seeing you on the court and helping you continue your pickleball journey!
Intro to PickleballThis 90 minute clinic will focus on the rules of the game, scoring, positioning, serving/receiving and general strokes. All these will be learned in a fun, interactive setting and put into game play the ladder half of the session.
Coach Guided Open PlayGreat opportunity to continue learning and gain the confidence to play in Open Plays.
Our coach will guide the group through the open play format providing game and shot tips as you play!
Come join all the social fun of Open Plays!!!
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Beginner ClinicGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
OpenPlay 3 hrs weekendOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Summer Camp Week 8 Morning SessionSummer Camp for children ages 7 to 13 years of age. Children will be offered three hours of pickleball, instruction and fun activities in a structured and air-conditioned facility. Children must be picked up and dropped off at the facility. Make up days or refunds for missed days will not be permitted. All participants must wear proper sneakers. Children should be sent with a snack and refillable water bottle.
Bell Works, 101 Crawfords Corner Road, Holmdel, NJ 07733, USA
P-Series - P1 - Foundation
Fair Lawn | The PICKLR
P-Series - P1 - Foundation
The P1 Foundation program is designed to introduce players to the core fundamentals of pickleball. It serves as the starting point for new members, ensuring they develop a solid understanding of the game. This program provides structured lessons, skill assessments, and guided practice to help players build confidence and competence in pickleball.
Cost:
Members: $20 (Free with booking pass)
Non-Members: $40
Note: Academy classes are designed for 8 players across 2 courts. If fewer than 3 players are registered 24 hours before start time, the class may be cancelled and booking passes/credits will be refunded if applicable.
Cancellation / No-Show Policy: Cancellations must be made at least 24 hours in advance. Late cancellations or no-shows may incur a $10 fee.
Suggested Rating: 3.5
Very important: Members please use the booking pass option during checkout if you still have booking passes available in your account. We will not be able to refund you if you chose to pay for the session when you have booking passes available.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Experienced Beginner level (2.0-3.0)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Experienced Beginner level (2.0-3.0)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Play With a Pro +3 Rising Intermediate 3.0 (1.5 hrs)Play with a Pro (1.5 hour): 3 Participants will play out points/games with the coach playing in. Each session will have a specific focus (e.g. court position; shot patterns) but feedback on all aspects of the game will be given throughout the session. This enables students to learn real time what they can do to improve their game and to better understand what might be holding them back. This works best if people sign up for the right level and/or with others they know are at a similar level as them.
Recommended rating to join this session is 2.8-3.3
Junior Summer Session - AugustWhen: Aug 10th - Aug 13th (1PM -4PM)
Join us for The Picklr Junior Summer Sessions! A fun, high-energy, weeklong pickleball experience built for junior players 8-18 who already know the basics and are ready to level up.
Running Monday through Thursday, these sessions mix skill-building, live gameplay, and real-time coaching in a positive, encouraging environment. Each day introduces a new focus and builds on the day before, helping players grow their confidence, sharpen their skills, and finish the week playing their best pickleball, all while having a blast on court.
Format
4-day camp (Monday–Thursday)
3 hours per day (12 total hours)
Players register based on time availability, not age
Pricing (Full Week Registration Only)
Members: $229
Non-Members: $299
All participants receive:
A T-shirt - Code provided after registration
A Certificate of Completion
Daily Skill Themes
Each day focuses on a specific skill that builds throughout the week:
Monday: Touch & Control
Tuesday: Energy & Power
Wednesday: Footwork & Agility
Thursday: Placement & Targets
Skills are introduced through drills and applied through gameplay, helping players see real improvement by the end of the week.
Who This Is For
Junior players ages 8–18
Players who already understand basic rules, scoring, and court positioning
Not recommended for brand-new beginners
Skill Grouping & Player Experience
Parents simply register their child and note a suggested skill level at checkout
Coaches handle all grouping once the sessions begin
Players are placed into small skill-based groups and may move between groups as skills develop
Age differences may exist when skill levels are similar and are managed carefully by coaches
The goal is to create a fun, challenging, and supportive experience for every player.
Coaching & Feedback
Sessions are led by experienced Picklr coaches
Players receive live feedback, encouragement, and recognition throughout the week
Each day includes a fun, game-style Wingfield challenge to help track improvement and celebrate progress
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations must be made at least 1 week in advance to receive a refund or credit
Full-week registration required (no single-day attendance)
Why Register?
Build real skills in a short, focused format
Play more games with coaching guidance
Learn in a fun, high-energy environment
Leave with confidence, improvement, and momentum to keep playing
Adult Level Up 5 Days Bootcamp - Level Up from 2.5 to 3.0Tired of hitting the same ceiling? It’s time to elevate your game
Level Up Bootcamps are designed to help players breakthrough and compete harder
In this 2.5 to 3.0 bootcamp, we will cover
Understand the importance of getting to the kitchen line quickly and effectively. Many players at this level spend too much time stuck in the transition zone instead of advancing to the net.
Develop consistency by keeping serves and returns in play with confidence and control.
Improve ready position fundamentals by keeping the paddle up at the kitchen line and learning to react effectively on volleys.
Build rally consistency by sustaining 4–6 shot exchanges regularly during gameplay.
P-Series - P3 Play with a Pro 3.75 BelowThe P3 Play with the Pro session offers players a unique opportunity to blend coached match play with real-time feedback and strategic insights from a Picklr Pro. Designed for players progressing through the Picklr Pathway, this program focuses on situational awareness, shot selection, and court positioning during live play.
Players rotate partners and opponents while receiving on-court guidance from the Pro, including between-point coaching, shot recommendations, and tactical adjustments. This format bridges the gap between drilling and competitive play, accelerating player growth in a supportive, game-based environment.
Cost:
Members: $50
Non-Members: $50
No Booking Pass permitted
Note: This session is designed for 3 players on 1 court with the pro playing alongside each player. If fewer than 3 players are registered 24 hours before start time, the class may be canceled
Cancellation / No-Show Policy:
Cancellations must be made at least 72 hours in advance. No Refund after 72 hours.
Junior Summer CampJunior Summer Camp for Kids Ages 9-15
Proper attire required with sneakers
Bring a water bottle. Refill station is available
Bring snacks that are peanuts free
Pickleball paddles will be provided
Daily Camp Structure
Warm-up & agility games
Pickleball skills and drills
Snack / rest break
Game Play
Creative activities (chess, painting pickleballs, etc.)
Intro to PickleballThis 90 minute clinic will focus on the rules of the game, scoring, positioning, serving/receiving and general strokes. All these will be learned in a fun, interactive setting and put into game play the ladder half of the session.
Play With A Pro 3.5 - 4.0Ready to move up to the advanced 4.0 level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
P-Series - P3 Play with a Pro 3.75 BelowThe P3 Play with the Pro session offers players a unique opportunity to blend coached match play with real-time feedback and strategic insights from a Picklr Pro. Designed for players progressing through the Picklr Pathway, this program focuses on situational awareness, shot selection, and court positioning during live play.
Players rotate partners and opponents while receiving on-court guidance from the Pro, including between-point coaching, shot recommendations, and tactical adjustments. This format bridges the gap between drilling and competitive play, accelerating player growth in a supportive, game-based environment.
Cost:
Members: $50
Non-Members: $50
No Booking Pass permitted
Note: This session is designed for 3 players on 1 court with the pro playing alongside each player. If fewer than 3 players are registered 24 hours before start time, the class may be canceled
Cancellation / No-Show Policy:
Cancellations must be made at least 72 hours in advance. No Refund after 72 hours.
Beginner ClinicGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Play With A Pro 3.5 - 4.0Ready to move up to the advanced 4.0 level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
P-Series - P3 Play with a Pro 3.75 BelowThe P3 Play with the Pro session offers players a unique opportunity to blend coached match play with real-time feedback and strategic insights from a Picklr Pro. Designed for players progressing through the Picklr Pathway, this program focuses on situational awareness, shot selection, and court positioning during live play.
Players rotate partners and opponents while receiving on-court guidance from the Pro, including between-point coaching, shot recommendations, and tactical adjustments. This format bridges the gap between drilling and competitive play, accelerating player growth in a supportive, game-based environment.
Cost:
Members: $50
Non-Members: $50
No Booking Pass permitted
Note: This session is designed for 3 players on 1 court with the pro playing alongside each player. If fewer than 3 players are registered 24 hours before start time, the class may be canceled
Cancellation / No-Show Policy:
Cancellations must be made at least 72 hours in advance. No Refund after 72 hours.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Play With Coach Ellen ClinicPLAY WITH COACH ELLEN
come play with coach Ellen, she will instruct you while you are playing
$35.00 per person
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
Cardio/Drill Pickleball Class with Coach Cami🔥 Get Ready for the Ultimate Workout at Pickleball HQ! 🔥
Join us for Cardio/Drill Pickleball Class — a high-energy, fast-paced fitness session that blends the thrill
of Pickleball with heart-pumping cardio drills. Whether you’re looking to sharpen your skills on the court or
just want a fun way to stay fit, this class will push your agility, endurance, and overall fitness to the next level.
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
NEW - Partner Strategy ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
NO PARTNER NEEDED.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
5. Speedups and Counters
This session will be dedicated to understanding the nuances of speedups and how they could be utilized to generate a pop-up for you to smash. This will also focus on the different ways to handle each type of speedup so you can punish your opponent for doing so.
6. Playing “Fast” and Poaching
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to adapt your game to your opponents if you are struggling to safely transition to the non-volley-zone line.
7. Offensive Lobs and Retrieving Lobs
This session will be dedicated to applying pressure with lobs so you can push your opponents back off the non-volley-zone line and gain an advantage in the point. It will also focus on how to handle situations where you are lobbed and need to re-transition to the non-volley-zone line.
P Series - Guided Gameplay 3.75 BelowP Series - Guided Gameplay is a structured, coach-led session designed to help players improve through live gameplay, strategy instruction, and real-time feedback. Unlike open play, Guided Gameplay combines competitive games with coaching support to develop shot selection, court positioning, communication, and overall game awareness in a fun and social environment.
Players rotate through organized matches while the coach actively participates and observes play, providing tactical adjustments and personalized feedback throughout the session. The focus is on improving consistency, decision-making, teamwork, and confidence in match situations.
Perfect for players looking to bridge the gap between drills and real-game performance, Guided Gameplay creates a supportive environment where players can learn, compete, and elevate their game together.
Cost
Members: $45
Non-Members: $45
Booking passes is not permitted for this program.
Program Format
4 players per court
The pro plays alongside participants during gameplay
Personalized coaching and feedback throughout the session
Minimum Enrollment
This session requires a minimum of 4 players. If fewer than 4 players are registered 24 hours prior to the start time, the session may be canceled.
Cancellation / No-Show Policy
Cancellations must be made at least 72 hours before the session start time. No refunds will be issued for cancellations made within 72 hours of the session.
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
BKPT Practice By Jessie (BKPT Member Only)BKPT Practice
BKPT Members Only
Members FREE | Non-Members $40
Description
This dedicated practice session is exclusively for members of the Brooklyn Pickleball Team (BKPT) Program and is offered as part of our partnership with BKPT. Players will have access to reserved court time in a structured team practice environment designed to help build chemistry, sharpen skills, and prepare for league and competitive play.
We’re excited to support the BKPT community by providing a special partner rate and a consistent home for team training.
Best Fit for This Session
This session is intended exclusively for registered BKPT Team members. Players should be prepared for organized drills, match play, and competitive practice with fellow team members.
How Games Run
Practice format will be determined by BKPT leadership and may include drills, situational play, team strategy work, challenge matches, and structured games. This is a dedicated team practice rather than a standard open play session.
Before You Arrive
Bring athletic gear, clean court shoes, and your paddle. Need one? Paddle rentals and balls are available on site. Please arrive 10 minutes early for check-in.
Snacks, drinks, and water refills are also available on site.
Cancellation Details
Cancellations made 24+ hours in advance receive a full refund as an account credit. Late cancellations and no-shows are non-refundable.
If we cancel the session due to low registration or other reasons, your refund will be sent back to your original payment method within 3–5 business days. All other refunds are issued as account credit.
49 Ash St ste 1, Brooklyn, NY 11222, United States
Intermediate Drills with Coach Martin | 3.0-3.5Intermediate Drills with Coach Martin | 3.0-3.5
Members $60 | Non-Members $75
Description
Led by Coach Martin, this clinic focuses on offensive opportunities at the kitchen line and the positioning skills needed to capitalize on them.
Players will learn when and how to speed up the ball effectively, explore Erne opportunities and setups, and develop proper overhead positioning to finish points with confidence. The session emphasizes decision-making, timing, and court awareness in game-like situations.
Best Fit for This Session
This clinic is designed for players with a suggested DUPR of 3.0–3.5 who are comfortable with the fundamentals and ready to add more offensive tools to their game. You should be able to sustain dink rallies, execute basic drops and resets, and understand standard doubles positioning.
If you are still working on basic shot consistency or learning foundational strategy, our beginner or lower-intermediate clinics may be a better fit first.
How Games Run
This is a coach-led instructional clinic featuring targeted drills, skill-building exercises, and guided gameplay. Coach Martin will provide personalized feedback throughout the session to help players improve shot selection, court positioning, and offensive decision-making. Players can expect a combination of drilling, situational exercises, and live play focused on applying the skills being taught.
Before You Arrive
Bring athletic gear, clean court shoes, and your paddle. Need one? Paddle rentals and balls are available on site. Please arrive 10 minutes early for check-in.
Snacks, drinks, and water refills are also available on site.
Cancellation Details
Cancellations made 24+ hours in advance receive a full refund as an account credit. Late cancellations and no-shows are non-refundable.
If we cancel the session due to low registration or other reasons, your refund will be sent back to your original payment method within 3–5 business days. All other refunds are issued as account credit.
49 Ash St ste 1, Brooklyn, NY 11222, United States
[BEGINNER] Coach Guided Open PlayHave a coach watch and guide you during open play. Our coaches will provide tips and tricks on the spot as you play. Fun and easy way to learn basic match play tactics. Recommended for people who have played pickleball at <3.5 level, or have played less than 6 months.
Refunds will be offered as club credits if cancelled at least 24 hours prior to the start of the event. If cancelled within 24 hours of the start of the event, no refunds will be offered.
Please note, these sessions do include balls to use, but not paddles. We offer separately paddles for rent and for sale.
456 Nordhoff Place, Englewood, NJ 07631, United States
NEW - Partner Strategy ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
NO PARTNER NEEDED.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
5. Speedups and Counters
This session will be dedicated to understanding the nuances of speedups and how they could be utilized to generate a pop-up for you to smash. This will also focus on the different ways to handle each type of speedup so you can punish your opponent for doing so.
6. Playing “Fast” and Poaching
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to adapt your game to your opponents if you are struggling to safely transition to the non-volley-zone line.
7. Offensive Lobs and Retrieving Lobs
This session will be dedicated to applying pressure with lobs so you can push your opponents back off the non-volley-zone line and gain an advantage in the point. It will also focus on how to handle situations where you are lobbed and need to re-transition to the non-volley-zone line.
[BEGINNER] Coach Guided Open PlayHave a coach watch and guide you during open play. Our coaches will provide tips and tricks on the spot as you play. Fun and easy way to learn basic match play tactics. Recommended for people who have played pickleball at <3.5 level, or have played less than 6 months.
Refunds will be offered as club credits if cancelled at least 24 hours prior to the start of the event. If cancelled within 24 hours of the start of the event, no refunds will be offered.
Please note, these sessions do include balls to use, but not paddles. We offer separately paddles for rent and for sale.
456 Nordhoff Place, Englewood, NJ 07631, United States
Summer Camp Week 8 Morning SessionSummer Camp for children ages 7 to 13 years of age. Children will be offered three hours of pickleball, instruction and fun activities in a structured and air-conditioned facility. Children must be picked up and dropped off at the facility. Make up days or refunds for missed days will not be permitted. All participants must wear proper sneakers. Children should be sent with a snack and refillable water bottle.
Bell Works, 101 Crawfords Corner Road, Holmdel, NJ 07733, USA
Cardio/Drill Pickleball Class with Coach Cami🔥 Get Ready for the Ultimate Workout at Pickleball HQ! 🔥
Join us for Cardio/Drill Pickleball Class — a high-energy, fast-paced fitness session that blends the thrill
of Pickleball with heart-pumping cardio drills. Whether you’re looking to sharpen your skills on the court or
just want a fun way to stay fit, this class will push your agility, endurance, and overall fitness to the next level.
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
NEW- Build Your Own Pro+3 - 90minsBuild Your Own Pro+3
Customize your Pro+3 by selecting the players and and skill areas on which you'd like pointers.
Just tell your friends to register or add guests.
Play With A Pro 3.5 - 4.0Ready to move up to the advanced 4.0 level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
It is a DRILL, with a casa Coach:table_tennis_paddle_and_ball: This is a DRILL
Every Tuesday | 10:00 AM – 11:00 AM
Looking to build consistency and improve your game one skill at a time? Join us every Tuesday for Drill of the Week, where a Casa Pickle Coach breaks down one essential pickleball drill designed to help you become a stronger, smarter player.
Each session focuses on a single skill, allowing you to understand the purpose of the drill, proper technique, and how to apply it during match play.
Session Format
10:00 – 10:30 AM
Coach demonstration and instruction
Technique breakdown
Strategy and common mistakes
Q&A
10:30 – 11:00 AM
Guided player practice with coach feedback and corrections - Coach will observe not play.
11:00 AM – 12:00 PM
:tada: Complimentary Open Play - no coach present
Stay and put your newly learned skills into action during one hour of free Open Play.
8-Week Drill Rotation
Week 1: Third Shot Drop Consistency
Week 2: Dinking Control & Placement
Week 3: Volley Reflexes & Hand Speed
Week 4: Serve & Return Accuracy
Week 5: Transition Zone Footwork & Resets
Week 6: Crosscourt Dinking & Patience
Week 7: Lob Defense & Overhead Smashes
Week 8: Crazy Angles
The rotation repeats every eight weeks with new coaching tips, progressions, and advanced variations.
Pricing
:gem: Diamond Members: $5
:first_place_medal: Gold Members: $6
:admission_tickets: Visitors: $10
Capacity
Minimum: 4 players
Maximum: 12 players
SUMMER BOOT CAMP PICKLEBALL TRAINING WITH COACH CAMISUMMER BOOT CAMP PICKLEBALL TRAINING WITH COACH CAMI
THIS IS FOR INTERMEDIATE SKILLED LEVEL PLAYERS
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
Coach Guided Open PlayGreat opportunity to continue learning and gain the confidence to play in Open Plays.
Our coach will guide the group through the open play format providing game and shot tips as you play!
Come join all the social fun of Open Plays!!!
Coach Guided Open PlayGreat opportunity to continue learning and gain the confidence to play in Open Plays.
Our coach will guide the group through the open play format providing game and shot tips as you play!
Come join all the social fun of Open Plays!!!
Adult Level Up 5 Days Bootcamp - Level Up from 2.5 to 3.0Tired of hitting the same ceiling? It’s time to elevate your game
Level Up Bootcamps are designed to help players breakthrough and compete harder
In this 2.5 to 3.0 bootcamp, we will cover
Understand the importance of getting to the kitchen line quickly and effectively. Many players at this level spend too much time stuck in the transition zone instead of advancing to the net.
Develop consistency by keeping serves and returns in play with confidence and control.
Improve ready position fundamentals by keeping the paddle up at the kitchen line and learning to react effectively on volleys.
Build rally consistency by sustaining 4–6 shot exchanges regularly during gameplay.
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
Junior Summer Session - AugustWhen: Aug 10th - Aug 13th (1PM -4PM)
Join us for The Picklr Junior Summer Sessions! A fun, high-energy, weeklong pickleball experience built for junior players 8-18 who already know the basics and are ready to level up.
Running Monday through Thursday, these sessions mix skill-building, live gameplay, and real-time coaching in a positive, encouraging environment. Each day introduces a new focus and builds on the day before, helping players grow their confidence, sharpen their skills, and finish the week playing their best pickleball, all while having a blast on court.
Format
4-day camp (Monday–Thursday)
3 hours per day (12 total hours)
Players register based on time availability, not age
Pricing (Full Week Registration Only)
Members: $229
Non-Members: $299
All participants receive:
A T-shirt - Code provided after registration
A Certificate of Completion
Daily Skill Themes
Each day focuses on a specific skill that builds throughout the week:
Monday: Touch & Control
Tuesday: Energy & Power
Wednesday: Footwork & Agility
Thursday: Placement & Targets
Skills are introduced through drills and applied through gameplay, helping players see real improvement by the end of the week.
Who This Is For
Junior players ages 8–18
Players who already understand basic rules, scoring, and court positioning
Not recommended for brand-new beginners
Skill Grouping & Player Experience
Parents simply register their child and note a suggested skill level at checkout
Coaches handle all grouping once the sessions begin
Players are placed into small skill-based groups and may move between groups as skills develop
Age differences may exist when skill levels are similar and are managed carefully by coaches
The goal is to create a fun, challenging, and supportive experience for every player.
Coaching & Feedback
Sessions are led by experienced Picklr coaches
Players receive live feedback, encouragement, and recognition throughout the week
Each day includes a fun, game-style Wingfield challenge to help track improvement and celebrate progress
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations must be made at least 1 week in advance to receive a refund or credit
Full-week registration required (no single-day attendance)
Why Register?
Build real skills in a short, focused format
Play more games with coaching guidance
Learn in a fun, high-energy environment
Leave with confidence, improvement, and momentum to keep playing
Junior Summer CampJunior Summer Camp for Kids Ages 9-15
Proper attire required with sneakers
Bring a water bottle. Refill station is available
Bring snacks that are peanuts free
Pickleball paddles will be provided
Daily Camp Structure
Warm-up & agility games
Pickleball skills and drills
Snack / rest break
Game Play
Creative activities (chess, painting pickleballs, etc.)
NEW - Partner Strategy ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
Skills & Drills 60minsGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Play With a Pro +3 Rising Intermediate 3.0 (1.5 hrs)Play with a Pro (1.5 hour): 3 Participants will play out points/games with the coach playing in. Each session will have a specific focus (e.g. court position; shot patterns) but feedback on all aspects of the game will be given throughout the session. This enables students to learn real time what they can do to improve their game and to better understand what might be holding them back. This works best if people sign up for the right level and/or with others they know are at a similar level as them.
Recommended rating to join this session is 2.8-3.3
3 and me with Bernard🏓 3 & Me
🧑🏫 Coach
Led by Coach Bernard, a certified pickleball instructor known for developing player confidence and game IQ. His teaching style blends technical precision with in-game adaptability, making each session both challenging and enjoyable.
✨ What Makes It Special
“3 & Me” brings players together in a unique small-group coaching format — three players paired with one experienced coach. This structure creates the perfect balance between personalized attention and dynamic, game-based play.
🎯 Who Is It For
Intermediate+ players looking to level up through focused, small-group coaching.
🔍 Primary Focus
This session is built around real-game scenarios, helping players improve:
• Strategy and shot selection
• Teamwork and court awareness
• Consistency under pressure
The goal is to elevate both individual technique and group coordination.
👀 What to Expect
Players will practice doubles formations, third-shot setups, and transition play while receiving immediate, tactical feedback from the coach during live play.
⏱️ Duration
Each 3 & Me session runs for 60 minutes, offering the ideal balance between focused instruction and match-style play.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
SUMMER BOOT CAMP PICKLEBALL TRAINING WITH COACH CAMISUMMER BOOT CAMP PICKLEBALL TRAINING WITH COACH CAMI
THIS IS FOR INTERMEDIATE SKILLED LEVEL PLAYERS
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
3 and me with Bernard🏓 3 & Me
🧑🏫 Coach
Led by Coach Bernard, a certified pickleball instructor known for developing player confidence and game IQ. His teaching style blends technical precision with in-game adaptability, making each session both challenging and enjoyable.
✨ What Makes It Special
“3 & Me” brings players together in a unique small-group coaching format — three players paired with one experienced coach. This structure creates the perfect balance between personalized attention and dynamic, game-based play.
🎯 Who Is It For
Intermediate+ players looking to level up through focused, small-group coaching.
🔍 Primary Focus
This session is built around real-game scenarios, helping players improve:
• Strategy and shot selection
• Teamwork and court awareness
• Consistency under pressure
The goal is to elevate both individual technique and group coordination.
👀 What to Expect
Players will practice doubles formations, third-shot setups, and transition play while receiving immediate, tactical feedback from the coach during live play.
⏱️ Duration
Each 3 & Me session runs for 60 minutes, offering the ideal balance between focused instruction and match-style play.
P Series - Guided Gameplay 3.75 BelowP Series - Guided Gameplay is a structured, coach-led session designed to help players improve through live gameplay, strategy instruction, and real-time feedback. Unlike open play, Guided Gameplay combines competitive games with coaching support to develop shot selection, court positioning, communication, and overall game awareness in a fun and social environment.
Players rotate through organized matches while the coach actively participates and observes play, providing tactical adjustments and personalized feedback throughout the session. The focus is on improving consistency, decision-making, teamwork, and confidence in match situations.
Perfect for players looking to bridge the gap between drills and real-game performance, Guided Gameplay creates a supportive environment where players can learn, compete, and elevate their game together.
Cost
Members: $45
Non-Members: $45
Booking passes is not permitted for this program.
Program Format
4 players per court
The pro plays alongside participants during gameplay
Personalized coaching and feedback throughout the session
Minimum Enrollment
This session requires a minimum of 4 players. If fewer than 4 players are registered 24 hours prior to the start time, the session may be canceled.
Cancellation / No-Show Policy
Cancellations must be made at least 72 hours before the session start time. No refunds will be issued for cancellations made within 72 hours of the session.
Intro to Pickleball with Coach SzeIntro to Pickleball
$40
*GREENPOINT RESIDENTS PLAY FREE WITH VALID ID*
Session will be refunded as club credit for Greenpoint residents
Share This Event Link To Friends And Join Together: https://app.courtreserve.com/Online/Events/Public/17550/2124319
Description
Curious about pickleball? This small group, beginner-friendly clinic is the perfect place to start. Led by Coach Sze, this introductory session is designed for players with little to no pickleball experience and provides a fun, supportive environment to learn the fundamentals of the fastest-growing sport in the country.
Players will be introduced to the basic rules, scoring, court positioning, and essential shots needed to start playing with confidence. No prior experience is required.
Best Fit for This Session
This clinic is designed specifically for brand-new players and beginners. If you've never played pickleball before, have only played a few times, or are looking for a structured introduction to the game, this session is for you.
No pickleball experience is necessary, and all questions are welcome.
How Games Run
This is a coach-led instructional clinic featuring demonstrations, skill-building drills, and guided gameplay.
* Coach Lynn will introduce the core fundamentals of pickleball.
* Learn serving, returning, dinking, volleying, scoring, and court positioning.
* Participate in skill-building drills designed for beginners.
* Practice each skill before applying it in beginner-friendly games.
* Receive instruction, feedback, and guidance throughout the session.
* Paddles will be provided for all participants.
Simply show up ready to learn, improve, and have fun.
Before You Arrive
Bring athletic gear and clean court shoes. Paddles and balls will be provided for this session. Please arrive 10 minutes early for check-in.
Snacks, drinks, and water refills are also available on site.
Cancellation Details
Cancellations made 24+ hours in advance receive a full refund as an account credit. Late cancellations and no-shows are non-refundable.
If we cancel the session due to low registration or other reasons, your refund will be sent back to your original payment method within 3–5 business days. All other refunds are issued as account credit.
49 Ash St ste 1, Brooklyn, NY 11222, United States
Summer Camp Week 8 Morning SessionSummer Camp for children ages 7 to 13 years of age. Children will be offered three hours of pickleball, instruction and fun activities in a structured and air-conditioned facility. Children must be picked up and dropped off at the facility. Make up days or refunds for missed days will not be permitted. All participants must wear proper sneakers. Children should be sent with a snack and refillable water bottle.
Bell Works, 101 Crawfords Corner Road, Holmdel, NJ 07733, USA
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Experienced Beginner level (2.0-3.0)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Experienced Beginner level (2.0-3.0)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Play With A Pro 3.0 - 3.5Ready to move up to the High Intermediate 3.5+ level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
Junior Summer CampJunior Summer Camp for Kids Ages 9-15
Proper attire required with sneakers
Bring a water bottle. Refill station is available
Bring snacks that are peanuts free
Pickleball paddles will be provided
Daily Camp Structure
Warm-up & agility games
Pickleball skills and drills
Snack / rest break
Game Play
Creative activities (chess, painting pickleballs, etc.)
Adult Level Up 5 Days Bootcamp - Level Up from 2.5 to 3.0Tired of hitting the same ceiling? It’s time to elevate your game
Level Up Bootcamps are designed to help players breakthrough and compete harder
In this 2.5 to 3.0 bootcamp, we will cover
Understand the importance of getting to the kitchen line quickly and effectively. Many players at this level spend too much time stuck in the transition zone instead of advancing to the net.
Develop consistency by keeping serves and returns in play with confidence and control.
Improve ready position fundamentals by keeping the paddle up at the kitchen line and learning to react effectively on volleys.
Build rally consistency by sustaining 4–6 shot exchanges regularly during gameplay.
Junior Summer Session - AugustWhen: Aug 10th - Aug 13th (1PM -4PM)
Join us for The Picklr Junior Summer Sessions! A fun, high-energy, weeklong pickleball experience built for junior players 8-18 who already know the basics and are ready to level up.
Running Monday through Thursday, these sessions mix skill-building, live gameplay, and real-time coaching in a positive, encouraging environment. Each day introduces a new focus and builds on the day before, helping players grow their confidence, sharpen their skills, and finish the week playing their best pickleball, all while having a blast on court.
Format
4-day camp (Monday–Thursday)
3 hours per day (12 total hours)
Players register based on time availability, not age
Pricing (Full Week Registration Only)
Members: $229
Non-Members: $299
All participants receive:
A T-shirt - Code provided after registration
A Certificate of Completion
Daily Skill Themes
Each day focuses on a specific skill that builds throughout the week:
Monday: Touch & Control
Tuesday: Energy & Power
Wednesday: Footwork & Agility
Thursday: Placement & Targets
Skills are introduced through drills and applied through gameplay, helping players see real improvement by the end of the week.
Who This Is For
Junior players ages 8–18
Players who already understand basic rules, scoring, and court positioning
Not recommended for brand-new beginners
Skill Grouping & Player Experience
Parents simply register their child and note a suggested skill level at checkout
Coaches handle all grouping once the sessions begin
Players are placed into small skill-based groups and may move between groups as skills develop
Age differences may exist when skill levels are similar and are managed carefully by coaches
The goal is to create a fun, challenging, and supportive experience for every player.
Coaching & Feedback
Sessions are led by experienced Picklr coaches
Players receive live feedback, encouragement, and recognition throughout the week
Each day includes a fun, game-style Wingfield challenge to help track improvement and celebrate progress
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations must be made at least 1 week in advance to receive a refund or credit
Full-week registration required (no single-day attendance)
Why Register?
Build real skills in a short, focused format
Play more games with coaching guidance
Learn in a fun, high-energy environment
Leave with confidence, improvement, and momentum to keep playing
Play With A Pro 3.5 - 4.0Ready to move up to the advanced 4.0 level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
NEW - PARTNER STRATEGY ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
Intro to PickleballThis 90 minute clinic will focus on the rules of the game, scoring, positioning, serving/receiving and general strokes. All these will be learned in a fun, interactive setting and put into game play the ladder half of the session.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Beginner ClinicGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
3 and me with Bernard🏓 3 & Me
🧑🏫 Coach
Led by Coach Bernard, a certified pickleball instructor known for developing player confidence and game IQ. His teaching style blends technical precision with in-game adaptability, making each session both challenging and enjoyable.
✨ What Makes It Special
“3 & Me” brings players together in a unique small-group coaching format — three players paired with one experienced coach. This structure creates the perfect balance between personalized attention and dynamic, game-based play.
🎯 Who Is It For
Intermediate+ players looking to level up through focused, small-group coaching.
🔍 Primary Focus
This session is built around real-game scenarios, helping players improve:
• Strategy and shot selection
• Teamwork and court awareness
• Consistency under pressure
The goal is to elevate both individual technique and group coordination.
👀 What to Expect
Players will practice doubles formations, third-shot setups, and transition play while receiving immediate, tactical feedback from the coach during live play.
⏱️ Duration
Each 3 & Me session runs for 60 minutes, offering the ideal balance between focused instruction and match-style play.
NEW - Partner Strategy ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
5. Speedups and Counters
This session will be dedicated to understanding the nuances of speedups and how they could be utilized to generate a pop-up for you to smash. This will also focus on the different ways to handle each type of speedup so you can punish your opponent for doing so.
6. Playing “Fast” and Poaching
Play With Coach Ellen ClinicPLAY WITH COACH ELLEN
come play with coach Ellen, she will instruct you while you are playing
$35.00 per person
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
[INTERMEDIATE] Coach Guided Open Play (5:30pm)Have a coach watch and guide you during open play. Our coaches will provide tips and tricks on the spot as you play. Fun and easy way to learn basic match play tactics. Recommended for people who have played pickleball at <3.5 level, or have played less than 6 months.
Refunds will be offered as club credits if cancelled at least 24 hours prior to the start of the event. If cancelled within 24 hours of the start of the event, no refunds will be offered.
Please note, these sessions do include balls to use, but not paddles. We offer separately paddles for rent and for sale.
456 Nordhoff Place, Englewood, NJ 07631, United States
Pickleball coaching for Advanced Intermediate / Advanced trainingExisting trainees receive 10% for enrolling again, call us to receive account credit.
Coaching for Advanced Intermediate / advnaced training for DUPR >=3.5
60 min sessions
4 session package
Continue to hone in on the skills.
Spend dedicated 60 minutes with the coach on the court.
We can also customize a training program as per your needs.
Please feel free to call or speak with the coach during your session.
4 Week Clinic for IntermediateABOUT
This 4-week clinic series is for Intermediate players who are ready to take their game to the next level.
Clinic Schedule
With our coach and 4 other students, you’ll learn the following:
Week 1: how to reliably get to the kitchen (serves, drives, drops, drips, resets)
Week 2: how to stop your opponents getting to the kitchen (returns, 4th shot decision making, drive tolerance, flicks/rolls)
Week 3: How to win once you’re at the kitchen (speedups + dinking patterns)
Week 4: How to be ready for your opponents game plan in the kitchen. (Counters + dinking patterns+ finishing pieces)
Each class will be 1.5 hours long, with a combination of coach-guided drills and demonstrations!
If you were to sign up, it is a commitment to the 4-Week clinic series. If you cannot attend a class, please let your coach know before hand.
Cancellation Policy: Full refund with cancellations over 48+ hours before the start time of the event.
[INTERMEDIATE] Coach Guided Open Play (6:30pm)Have a coach watch and guide you during open play. Our coaches will provide tips and tricks on the spot as you play. Fun and easy way to learn basic match play tactics. Recommended for people who have played pickleball at <3.5 level, or have played less than 6 months.
Refunds will be offered as club credits if cancelled at least 24 hours prior to the start of the event. If cancelled within 24 hours of the start of the event, no refunds will be offered.
Please note, these sessions do include balls to use, but not paddles. We offer separately paddles for rent and for sale.
456 Nordhoff Place, Englewood, NJ 07631, United States
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
Summer Camp Week 8 Morning SessionSummer Camp for children ages 7 to 13 years of age. Children will be offered three hours of pickleball, instruction and fun activities in a structured and air-conditioned facility. Children must be picked up and dropped off at the facility. Make up days or refunds for missed days will not be permitted. All participants must wear proper sneakers. Children should be sent with a snack and refillable water bottle.
Bell Works, 101 Crawfords Corner Road, Holmdel, NJ 07733, USA
Clinic Series - Path to 3.5: Playing with StrategyClinic Series - Path to 3.5: Playing with Strategy
Ever feel like you’re hitting solid shots but still losing points you should be winning? This six-week series will teach you how to play with intention instead of reacting. You’ll learn how to control the point from the serve and return, take command of the kitchen line, and place the ball to create pressure and force errors—so you’re dictating play rather than hoping for a mistake.Prerequisites: You should be able to execute basic shots (serve, return, drive, drop, volley, and dink) with some consistency or have completed Path to Intermediate Level 1. If you are unsure if this series is the right fit, please reach out.Our clinics are based on a curriculum developed by theRacket Professional Organization (RPO), founded by Collin Johns, who many consider to be one of the world's best pickleball coaches. Our excellent team of coaches has been trained in the RPO method, and we think you will find it to be game-changing in terms of the quality of instruction.
Max per class: 4
Cancellation policy:Because of the challenge of finding a last minute replacement for a clinic series, cancellations must be made at least 3 days prior to the start of the first session.
Cancellation for low enrollment: The clinic series will be cancelled for low enrollment if it does not have at least 3 registered participants prior to the first class
Skills & Drills 60minsGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Junior Summer CampJunior Summer Camp for Kids Ages 9-15
Proper attire required with sneakers
Bring a water bottle. Refill station is available
Bring snacks that are peanuts free
Pickleball paddles will be provided
Daily Camp Structure
Warm-up & agility games
Pickleball skills and drills
Snack / rest break
Game Play
Creative activities (chess, painting pickleballs, etc.)
Junior Summer Session - AugustWhen: Aug 10th - Aug 13th (1PM -4PM)
Join us for The Picklr Junior Summer Sessions! A fun, high-energy, weeklong pickleball experience built for junior players 8-18 who already know the basics and are ready to level up.
Running Monday through Thursday, these sessions mix skill-building, live gameplay, and real-time coaching in a positive, encouraging environment. Each day introduces a new focus and builds on the day before, helping players grow their confidence, sharpen their skills, and finish the week playing their best pickleball, all while having a blast on court.
Format
4-day camp (Monday–Thursday)
3 hours per day (12 total hours)
Players register based on time availability, not age
Pricing (Full Week Registration Only)
Members: $229
Non-Members: $299
All participants receive:
A T-shirt - Code provided after registration
A Certificate of Completion
Daily Skill Themes
Each day focuses on a specific skill that builds throughout the week:
Monday: Touch & Control
Tuesday: Energy & Power
Wednesday: Footwork & Agility
Thursday: Placement & Targets
Skills are introduced through drills and applied through gameplay, helping players see real improvement by the end of the week.
Who This Is For
Junior players ages 8–18
Players who already understand basic rules, scoring, and court positioning
Not recommended for brand-new beginners
Skill Grouping & Player Experience
Parents simply register their child and note a suggested skill level at checkout
Coaches handle all grouping once the sessions begin
Players are placed into small skill-based groups and may move between groups as skills develop
Age differences may exist when skill levels are similar and are managed carefully by coaches
The goal is to create a fun, challenging, and supportive experience for every player.
Coaching & Feedback
Sessions are led by experienced Picklr coaches
Players receive live feedback, encouragement, and recognition throughout the week
Each day includes a fun, game-style Wingfield challenge to help track improvement and celebrate progress
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations must be made at least 1 week in advance to receive a refund or credit
Full-week registration required (no single-day attendance)
Why Register?
Build real skills in a short, focused format
Play more games with coaching guidance
Learn in a fun, high-energy environment
Leave with confidence, improvement, and momentum to keep playing
Adult Level Up 5 Days Bootcamp - Level Up from 2.5 to 3.0Tired of hitting the same ceiling? It’s time to elevate your game
Level Up Bootcamps are designed to help players breakthrough and compete harder
In this 2.5 to 3.0 bootcamp, we will cover
Understand the importance of getting to the kitchen line quickly and effectively. Many players at this level spend too much time stuck in the transition zone instead of advancing to the net.
Develop consistency by keeping serves and returns in play with confidence and control.
Improve ready position fundamentals by keeping the paddle up at the kitchen line and learning to react effectively on volleys.
Build rally consistency by sustaining 4–6 shot exchanges regularly during gameplay.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Guided Play with Mark & ElaineGuided Play with Mark & Elaine
Age: All Ages
Level: Beginner & Intermediate
Receive personalized one-on-one coaching during live play.
Get real-time feedback on strategy, positioning, and shot selection.
Learn smarter decision-making in actual game situations.
Improve your skills faster while playing in a fun and supportive environment.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
P-Series - P3 Play with a Pro 3.75 BelowThe P3 Play with the Pro session offers players a unique opportunity to blend coached match play with real-time feedback and strategic insights from a Picklr Pro. Designed for players progressing through the Picklr Pathway, this program focuses on situational awareness, shot selection, and court positioning during live play.
Players rotate partners and opponents while receiving on-court guidance from the Pro, including between-point coaching, shot recommendations, and tactical adjustments. This format bridges the gap between drilling and competitive play, accelerating player growth in a supportive, game-based environment.
Cost:
Members: $50
Non-Members: $50
No Booking Pass permitted
Note: This session is designed for 3 players on 1 court with the pro playing alongside each player. If fewer than 3 players are registered 24 hours before start time, the class may be canceled
Cancellation / No-Show Policy:
Cancellations must be made at least 72 hours in advance. No Refund after 72 hours.
Cardio/Drill Pickleball Class with Coach Cami🔥 Get Ready for the Ultimate Workout at Pickleball HQ! 🔥
Join us for Cardio/Drill Pickleball Class — a high-energy, fast-paced fitness session that blends the thrill
of Pickleball with heart-pumping cardio drills. Whether you’re looking to sharpen your skills on the court or
just want a fun way to stay fit, this class will push your agility, endurance, and overall fitness to the next level.
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
P Series - Guided Gameplay 3.75 BelowP Series - Guided Gameplay is a structured, coach-led session designed to help players improve through live gameplay, strategy instruction, and real-time feedback. Unlike open play, Guided Gameplay combines competitive games with coaching support to develop shot selection, court positioning, communication, and overall game awareness in a fun and social environment.
Players rotate through organized matches while the coach actively participates and observes play, providing tactical adjustments and personalized feedback throughout the session. The focus is on improving consistency, decision-making, teamwork, and confidence in match situations.
Perfect for players looking to bridge the gap between drills and real-game performance, Guided Gameplay creates a supportive environment where players can learn, compete, and elevate their game together.
Cost
Members: $45
Non-Members: $45
Booking passes is not permitted for this program.
Program Format
4 players per court
The pro plays alongside participants during gameplay
Personalized coaching and feedback throughout the session
Minimum Enrollment
This session requires a minimum of 4 players. If fewer than 4 players are registered 24 hours prior to the start time, the session may be canceled.
Cancellation / No-Show Policy
Cancellations must be made at least 72 hours before the session start time. No refunds will be issued for cancellations made within 72 hours of the session.
NEW - Partner Strategy ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
5. Speedups and Counters
This session will be dedicated to understanding the nuances of speedups and how they could be utilized to generate a pop-up for you to smash. This will also focus on the different ways to handle each type of speedup so you can punish your opponent for doing so.
6. Playing “Fast” and Poaching
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to adapt your game to your opponents if you are struggling to safely transition to the non-volley-zone line.
7. Offensive Lobs and Retrieving Lobs
This session will be dedicated to applying pressure with lobs so you can push your opponents back off the non-volley-zone line and gain an advantage in the point. It will also focus on how to handle situations where you are lobbed and need to re-transition to the non-volley-zone line.
P Series - Guided Gameplay 3.75 BelowP Series - Guided Gameplay is a structured, coach-led session designed to help players improve through live gameplay, strategy instruction, and real-time feedback. Unlike open play, Guided Gameplay combines competitive games with coaching support to develop shot selection, court positioning, communication, and overall game awareness in a fun and social environment.
Players rotate through organized matches while the coach actively participates and observes play, providing tactical adjustments and personalized feedback throughout the session. The focus is on improving consistency, decision-making, teamwork, and confidence in match situations.
Perfect for players looking to bridge the gap between drills and real-game performance, Guided Gameplay creates a supportive environment where players can learn, compete, and elevate their game together.
Cost
Members: $45
Non-Members: $45
Booking passes is not permitted for this program.
Program Format
4 players per court
The pro plays alongside participants during gameplay
Personalized coaching and feedback throughout the session
Minimum Enrollment
This session requires a minimum of 4 players. If fewer than 4 players are registered 24 hours prior to the start time, the session may be canceled.
Cancellation / No-Show Policy
Cancellations must be made at least 72 hours before the session start time. No refunds will be issued for cancellations made within 72 hours of the session.
Ready, Set, Reset! Advanced Beginner Clinic with Coach SzeReady, Set, Reset! Advanced Beginner Clinic with Coach Sze
Members $60 | Non-Members $75
Description
Join Coach Sze for a small-group clinic designed for newer players who are starting to feel comfortable with the basics and are ready to level up their game. This session focuses on practical skills, simple strategy improvements, and key habits that help beginners transition into more confident, consistent players.
Players will receive hands-on guidance, live feedback, and targeted instruction to help improve shot execution, court awareness, and overall decision-making.
Best Fit for This Session
This clinic is designed for advanced beginners who already understand the basic rules of pickleball and have some experience playing full games.
You should be comfortable with scoring and able to sustain short rallies. This session is ideal if you're ready to move beyond just “getting the ball in” and start learning how to play with more control, intention, and consistency.
If you are brand new to pickleball, a beginner intro clinic may be a better starting point.
How Games Run
* Small-group clinic format led by Coach Sze.
* Focus on drills, live-ball repetition, and guided gameplay.
* Maximum 6 players per court.
* Emphasis on improving core skills such as dinking, serving consistency, return of serve, and basic positioning.
* Coach Sze will provide real-time corrections, tips, and simple tactical guidance throughout the session.
* Players will rotate frequently through drill stations and point-play scenarios.
This is a development-focused session designed to build confidence and reinforce strong fundamentals through repetition and coaching feedback.
Before You Arrive
Bring athletic gear, clean court shoes, and your paddle. Need one? Paddle rentals and balls are available on site. Please arrive 10 minutes early for check-in.
Snacks, drinks, and water refills are also available on site.
Cancellation Details
Cancellations made 24+ hours in advance receive a full refund as an account credit. Late cancellations and no-shows are non-refundable.
If we cancel the session due to low registration or other reasons, your refund will be sent back to your original payment method within 3–5 business days. All other refunds are issued as account credit.
49 Ash St ste 1, Brooklyn, NY 11222, United States
Adult Beginner Full Clinic - 6 Weeks ClinicLearn the foundation for pickleball, such as the basic skills and techniques for playing the game.
Duration: 6 sessions, 6 weeks
Age: 18+
Levels: Beginner/Advanced Beginner
Paddles will be provided
Weekly Lesson:
Week 1 - Non-Volley Zone Fundamentals
Week 2 - Serving & Returning Basics
Week 3 - Transition Zone Fundamentals
Week 4 - Groundstroke Foundations
Week 5 - Court Positioning & Team Chemistry
Week 6 - Game Play Tactics & Strategy
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
OpenPlay 3 hrs weekendOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Coach Office HoursFor years, New York City’s coaching community has talked about creating a place where
coaches could simply be coaches.
A place to exchange ideas instead of guarding them.
To challenge one another, refine the way we teach, and then spend the second hour doing what
brought us here in the first place—playing.
Office Hours is that place.
This is a standing two-hour session created exclusively for pickleball coaches. Whether you
coach full-time or part-time, at a club or independently, you’re invited to spend two hours with
people who care as much about the craft as you do.
This is intentionally coaches only.
No lessons. No drop-ins. No exceptions.
Just coaches investing in coaches.
9:00–10:00 AM | Build Better Coaches
The first hour is dedicated entirely to learning from one another.
Court One — Clinic Lab
Share a clinic, progression, game, or teaching concept that’s genuinely worked for you.
Bring your favorite warm-up. Explain how you teach a skill. Demonstrate games your players
ask for every week. Workshop new programming. Leave with ideas you’ll use in your very next
clinic.
Steal responsibly.
Court Two — Drill Lab
A working court devoted entirely to drilling.
Refine patterns. Test new progressions. Experiment with drills before introducing them to
students. Sometimes another coach sees the one detail you’ve been missing.
Probably your feed.
10:00–11:00 AM | Coaches Play
The second hour belongs on the court.
Court One
4-on, 4-off Open Play
Court Two
Challenge Court — Winners Stay
Compete with and against coaches you rarely get to play with. Test ideas under pressure. Meet
coaches from other clubs. Build relationships that make New York’s coaching community
stronger.
Game sharpening game, taking nothing personally.
49 Ash St ste 1, Brooklyn, NY 11222, United States
Summer Camp Week 8 Morning SessionSummer Camp for children ages 7 to 13 years of age. Children will be offered three hours of pickleball, instruction and fun activities in a structured and air-conditioned facility. Children must be picked up and dropped off at the facility. Make up days or refunds for missed days will not be permitted. All participants must wear proper sneakers. Children should be sent with a snack and refillable water bottle.
Bell Works, 101 Crawfords Corner Road, Holmdel, NJ 07733, USA
Beginner ClinicThis 60 minute clinic will focus on stroke technique and building confidence on the court while also re-emphasizing rules, positioning, etc.
Intro to PickleballThis 90 minute clinic will focus on the rules of the game, scoring, positioning, serving/receiving and general strokes. All these will be learned in a fun, interactive setting and put into game play the ladder half of the session.
Skills & Drills 60minsGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Adult Level Up 5 Days Bootcamp - Level Up from 2.5 to 3.0Tired of hitting the same ceiling? It’s time to elevate your game
Level Up Bootcamps are designed to help players breakthrough and compete harder
In this 2.5 to 3.0 bootcamp, we will cover
Understand the importance of getting to the kitchen line quickly and effectively. Many players at this level spend too much time stuck in the transition zone instead of advancing to the net.
Develop consistency by keeping serves and returns in play with confidence and control.
Improve ready position fundamentals by keeping the paddle up at the kitchen line and learning to react effectively on volleys.
Build rally consistency by sustaining 4–6 shot exchanges regularly during gameplay.
Junior Summer CampJunior Summer Camp for Kids Ages 9-15
Proper attire required with sneakers
Bring a water bottle. Refill station is available
Bring snacks that are peanuts free
Pickleball paddles will be provided
Daily Camp Structure
Warm-up & agility games
Pickleball skills and drills
Snack / rest break
Game Play
Creative activities (chess, painting pickleballs, etc.)
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
Skills & Drills 60minsGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
3.5+ Drills and Dinks Session By ArthurDinking & Drills
Members FREE | Non-Members $20
Description
Join Player Advisor Arthur for a focused skill-building session featuring drills and other targeted training exercises designed to improve specific areas of your pickleball game. This session blends structured repetition with live-ball scenarios to help players build consistency, improve decision-making, and strengthen key technical skills.
Each session will emphasize intentional practice through high-rep drills and situational play, giving players clear feedback points and actionable improvements they can take into match play.
Best Fit for This Session
This session is recommended for players at a 3.5+ skill level who are comfortable with intermediate pickleball fundamentals and are ready to refine technique, improve shot quality, and develop more consistent execution under pressure.
Players should be familiar with scoring, doubles positioning, and core shots such as dinks, drives, volleys, and returns.
How Games Run
* Skill-focused drill session led by Player Advisor Arthur.
* Rotating drills and additional targeted skill exercises.
* Maximum 4 players per court.
* Emphasis on repetition, controlled practice, and situational live-ball scenarios.
* Players will rotate frequently to maximize reps and feedback opportunities.
This session is designed to help players build consistency and translate skills into match play.
Before You Arrive
Bring athletic gear, clean court shoes, and your paddle. Need one? Paddle rentals and balls are available on site. Please arrive 10 minutes early for check-in.
Snacks, drinks, and water refills are also available on site.
Cancellation Details
Cancellations made 8+ hours in advance receive a full refund as an account credit. Late cancellations and no-shows are non-refundable.
If we cancel the session due to low registration or other reasons, your refund will be sent back to your original payment method within 3–5 business days. All other refunds are issued as account credit.
49 Ash St ste 1, Brooklyn, NY 11222, United States
Beginner Drills with Coach Martin | 2.5-3.0Beginner Drills with Coach Martin | 2.5-3.0
Members $32 | Non-Members $40
Description
Drop into Coach Martin’s Office Hours for a focused beginner drill session designed to help players sharpen specific skills and improve overall consistency. This is a structured, high-rep training environment where players can work on targeted areas of their game with direct feedback from a coach.
Each session is adaptable based on player needs, allowing for personalized corrections, repetition-based learning, and guided improvement in key shot categories.
Best Fit for This Session
This session is recommended for players with a 2.5-3.0 suggested DUPR who are comfortable with basic gameplay and are ready to refine technique and build consistency.
Players should understand scoring, doubles positioning, and core shots such as dinks, drives, volleys, drops, and returns. This is ideal for players looking to clean up mechanics and develop more reliable execution under pressure.
How Games Run
* Coach-led “office hours” style drill session with Coach Martin.
* Focus on targeted skill development based on player needs.
* Maximum 6 players per court.
* High-repetition drilling with immediate feedback and correction.
* Mix of structured drills and live-ball situational practice.
* Players may rotate through stations or focused drill groups depending on session focus.
This is a development-focused session designed to isolate specific skills and accelerate improvement through repetition and coaching feedback.
Before You Arrive
Bring athletic gear, clean court shoes, and your paddle. Need one? Paddle rentals and balls are available on site. Please arrive 10 minutes early for check-in.
Snacks, drinks, and water refills are also available on site.
Cancellation Details
Cancellations made 24+ hours in advance receive a full refund as an account credit. Late cancellations and no-shows are non-refundable.
If we cancel the session due to low registration or other reasons, your refund will be sent back to your original payment method within 3–5 business days. All other refunds are issued as account credit.
49 Ash St ste 1, Brooklyn, NY 11222, United States
Intermediate Drills with Coach Martin | 3.0-3.5Intermediate Drills with Coach Martin | 3.0-3.5
Members $32 | Non-Members $40
Description
Led by Coach Martin, this clinic focuses on offensive opportunities at the kitchen line and the positioning skills needed to capitalize on them.
Players will learn when and how to speed up the ball effectively, explore Erne opportunities and setups, and develop proper overhead positioning to finish points with confidence. The session emphasizes decision-making, timing, and court awareness in game-like situations.
Best Fit for This Session
This clinic is designed for players with a suggested DUPR of 3.0–3.5 who are comfortable with the fundamentals and ready to add more offensive tools to their game. You should be able to sustain dink rallies, execute basic drops and resets, and understand standard doubles positioning.
If you are still working on basic shot consistency or learning foundational strategy, our beginner or lower-intermediate clinics may be a better fit first.
How Games Run
This is a coach-led instructional clinic featuring targeted drills, skill-building exercises, and guided gameplay. Coach Martin will provide personalized feedback throughout the session to help players improve shot selection, court positioning, and offensive decision-making. Players can expect a combination of drilling, situational exercises, and live play focused on applying the skills being taught.
Before You Arrive
Bring athletic gear, clean court shoes, and your paddle. Need one? Paddle rentals and balls are available on site. Please arrive 10 minutes early for check-in.
Snacks, drinks, and water refills are also available on site.
Cancellation Details
Cancellations made 24+ hours in advance receive a full refund as an account credit. Late cancellations and no-shows are non-refundable.
If we cancel the session due to low registration or other reasons, your refund will be sent back to your original payment method within 3–5 business days. All other refunds are issued as account credit.
49 Ash St ste 1, Brooklyn, NY 11222, United States
SUMMER BOOT CAMP PICKLEBALL TRAINING WITH COACH CAMISUMMER BOOT CAMP PICKLEBALL TRAINING WITH COACH CAMI
THIS IS FOR INTERMEDIATE SKILLED LEVEL PLAYERS
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
From Zero to HeroWhat Makes It Special
“Zero to Hero” isn’t just a clinic — it’s a journey. It’s about turning doubt into discipline and turning every missed shot into motivation. Under Coach’s guidance, players experience the mindset, movement, and mastery that move them from casual play to confident competition.
Who this clinic is designed for
This program is built for players who are ready to level up — mentally and physically. Whether you’re new to structured training or fighting a plateau, this clinic gives you the tools and confidence to rise.
Primary Focus
The core focus is progress and purpose — developing consistency, positioning, and power while building a champion’s mindset. Every drill is designed to build toward real match readiness.
Moments where frustration turns into flow. That’s the magic of this clinic — every challenge has a breakthrough waiting just past it.
Duration
Each “Zero to Hero” session runs 2 hours — a deep dive into high-intensity training balanced with technical refinement and focused match play. If only one participant, one hour session with Free Open Play.
Ideal For
Players who crave growth, confidence, and transformation — anyone ready to rewrite their pickleball story from the ground up.
America 250 Pickleball 101America 250 Pickleball 101:
A FREE foundational class for new players to learn the basic rules, court positioning, scoring system, and gameplay concepts of pickleball in a fun, welcoming, and beginner-friendly environment. This one-hour class is structured to teach players the game in progressive layers, starting at the non-volley zone (kitchen) and working back to the baseline.
Arrive 10 minutes early to meet your instructor and get equipped before heading out to the courts.
*Please wear athletic, non-marking soled shoes. Paddles are available at no cost to any player who needs one.*
Cost: FREE
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
NEW - Partner Strategy ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
5. Speedups and Counters
This session will be dedicated to understanding the nuances of speedups and how they could be utilized to generate a pop-up for you to smash. This will also focus on the different ways to handle each type of speedup so you can punish your opponent for doing so.
6. Playing “Fast” and Poaching
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to adapt your game to your opponents if you are struggling to safely transition to the non-volley-zone line.
7. Offensive Lobs and Retrieving Lobs
This session will be dedicated to applying pressure with lobs so you can push your opponents back off the non-volley-zone line and gain an advantage in the point. It will also focus on how to handle situations where you are lobbed and need to re-transition to the non-volley-zone line.
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Intro to PickleballThis 90 minute clinic will focus on the rules of the game, scoring, positioning, serving/receiving and general strokes. All these will be learned in a fun, interactive setting and put into game play the ladder half of the session.
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Beginner ClinicGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
OpenPlay 3 hrs weekendOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Coach Guided Open PlayGreat opportunity to continue learning and gain the confidence to play in Open Plays.
Our coach will guide the group through the open play format providing game and shot tips as you play!
Come join all the social fun of Open Plays!!!
Clinic Series - Path to Intermediate Level 2Clinic Series (7 classes) - Path to Intermediate, Level 2
The Level 2 Path to Intermediate clinic series is designed for players who have several months of pickleball experience, have participated in open plays at the advanced beginner or low intermediate level, and are looking to progress to a higher level of play. Each class in the series will focus on one of the 6 key elements of the RPO 101 program: Dinking, Volleys, the 3rd Shot Drop, Serving, Driving, and Groundstroke, but will approach the skills from a more advanced starting point than the Level 1 Path to Intermediate series. The final half hour of the class will transition to supervised games so that participants have an opportunity to apply the skills in a competitive scenario.
During the final week, the instructor will perform a DUPR assessment for all members of the class and provide you with a provisional DUPR rating (if you don’t have one already)
Our clinics are based on a curriculum developed by the Racket Professional Organization (RPO), founded by Collin Johns, who many consider to be one of the world's best pickleball coaches. Our excellent team of coaches has been trained in the RPO method, and we think you will find it to be game-changing in terms of the quality of instruction.
Max per class: 4
Cancellation policy: Because of the challenge of finding a last minute replacement for a clinic series, cancellations must be made at least 3 days prior to the start of the first session.
Cancellation for low enrollment: The clinic series will be cancelled for low enrollment
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Clinic Series - Path to Intermediate Level 1Clinic Series (7 classes) - Path to Intermediate, Level 1
The Level 1 Path to Intermediate clinic series is designed for players who have completed an Intro to Pickleball class and are looking to progress to an intermediate level of play. Each class in the series will focus on one of the 6 key elements of the RPO 101 program: Dinking, Volleys, the 3rd Shot Drop, Serving, Driving, and Groundstroke. The final half hour of the class will transition to supervised games so that participants have an opportunity to apply the skills in a competitive scenario.
During the final week, the instructor will perform a DUPR assessment for all members of the class and provide you with a provisional DUPR rating (if you don’t have one already)
Our clinics are based on a curriculum developed by the Racket Professional Organization (RPO), founded by Collin Johns, who many consider to be one of the world's best pickleball coaches. Our excellent team of coaches has been trained in the RPO method, and we think you will find it to be game-changing in terms of the quality of instruction.
Max per class: 4
Cancellation policy: Because of the challenge of finding a last minute replacement for a clinic series, cancellations must be made at least 3 days prior to the start of the first session.
Cancellation for low enrollment: The clinic series will be cancelled for low enrollment if it does not have at least 3 registered participants prior to the first class.
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
From Zero to HeroWhat Makes It Special
“Zero to Hero” isn’t just a clinic — it’s a journey. It’s about turning doubt into discipline and turning every missed shot into motivation. Under Coach’s guidance, players experience the mindset, movement, and mastery that move them from casual play to confident competition.
Who this clinic is designed for
This program is built for players who are ready to level up — mentally and physically. Whether you’re new to structured training or fighting a plateau, this clinic gives you the tools and confidence to rise.
Primary Focus
The core focus is progress and purpose — developing consistency, positioning, and power while building a champion’s mindset. Every drill is designed to build toward real match readiness.
Moments where frustration turns into flow. That’s the magic of this clinic — every challenge has a breakthrough waiting just past it.
Duration
Each “Zero to Hero” session runs 2 hours — a deep dive into high-intensity training balanced with technical refinement and focused match play. If only one participant, one hour session with Free Open Play.
Ideal For
Players who crave growth, confidence, and transformation — anyone ready to rewrite their pickleball story from the ground up.
Adaptive Pickleball Clinic (All Ages) - 6 Weeks ClinicAdaptive Pickleball - Inclusion, Fitness & Social Engagement
The Standard Game is modified to teach people with physical, cognitive and developmental challenges.
6-Weeks Session
Age: 9+
Level: All Levels
Paddles will be provided
Hero 101Congratulations on completing your Zero to Hero class with Coach Deepak!
You’ve officially taken the first step in your pickleball journey and are now ready for Hero 101 with Coach Deepak. Join us this Sunday from 12:00 PM to 1:30 PM to continue building your skills, confidence, and understanding of the game. Reservations at Court Reserve.
We look forward to seeing you on the court and helping you continue your pickleball journey!
Intermediate/Advanced 1/1 with James 4.8 rated DUPR instructorCome Learn with Our Instructor James Cannizzaro A 4.8 DUPR rated Player
* First He Will Evaluate You
Then See what you need to work on to get to the next level.
you Could be going over Drives, Dinks, Resets, Transitioning whatever it takes each person is different
far as the progression and what level you are at but Coach James will make
everything a Smooth and easy learning Experience for any level.
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
If event does not full of 3 participants, it will be cancelled.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Intro to PickleballThis 90 minute clinic will focus on the rules of the game, scoring, positioning, serving/receiving and general strokes. All these will be learned in a fun, interactive setting and put into game play the ladder half of the session.
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Coach Guided Open PlayGreat opportunity to continue learning and gain the confidence to play in Open Plays.
Our coach will guide the group through the open play format providing game and shot tips as you play!
Come join all the social fun of Open Plays!!!
Beginner ClinicGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
OpenPlay 3 hrs weekendOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Summer Camp Week 9 Morning SessionSummer Camp for children ages 7 to 13 years of age. Children will be offered three hours of pickleball, instruction and fun activities in a structured and air-conditioned facility. Children must be picked up and dropped off at the facility. Make up days or refunds for missed days will not be permitted. All participants must wear proper sneakers. Children should be sent with a snack and refillable water bottle.
Bell Works, 101 Crawfords Corner Road, Holmdel, NJ 07733, USA
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Experienced Beginner level (2.0-3.0)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
P-Series - P1 - Foundation
Fair Lawn | The PICKLR
P-Series - P1 - Foundation
The P1 Foundation program is designed to introduce players to the core fundamentals of pickleball. It serves as the starting point for new members, ensuring they develop a solid understanding of the game. This program provides structured lessons, skill assessments, and guided practice to help players build confidence and competence in pickleball.
Cost:
Members: $20 (Free with booking pass)
Non-Members: $40
Note: Academy classes are designed for 8 players across 2 courts. If fewer than 3 players are registered 24 hours before start time, the class may be cancelled and booking passes/credits will be refunded if applicable.
Cancellation / No-Show Policy: Cancellations must be made at least 24 hours in advance. Late cancellations or no-shows may incur a $10 fee.
Suggested Rating: 3.5
Very important: Members please use the booking pass option during checkout if you still have booking passes available in your account. We will not be able to refund you if you chose to pay for the session when you have booking passes available.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Experienced Beginner level (2.0-3.0)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Intro to PickleballThis 90 minute clinic will focus on the rules of the game, scoring, positioning, serving/receiving and general strokes. All these will be learned in a fun, interactive setting and put into game play the ladder half of the session.
P-Series - P3 Play with a Pro 3.75 BelowThe P3 Play with the Pro session offers players a unique opportunity to blend coached match play with real-time feedback and strategic insights from a Picklr Pro. Designed for players progressing through the Picklr Pathway, this program focuses on situational awareness, shot selection, and court positioning during live play.
Players rotate partners and opponents while receiving on-court guidance from the Pro, including between-point coaching, shot recommendations, and tactical adjustments. This format bridges the gap between drilling and competitive play, accelerating player growth in a supportive, game-based environment.
Cost:
Members: $50
Non-Members: $50
No Booking Pass permitted
Note: This session is designed for 3 players on 1 court with the pro playing alongside each player. If fewer than 3 players are registered 24 hours before start time, the class may be canceled
Cancellation / No-Show Policy:
Cancellations must be made at least 72 hours in advance. No Refund after 72 hours.
Play With a Pro +3 Rising Intermediate 3.0 (1.5 hrs)Play with a Pro (1.5 hour): 3 Participants will play out points/games with the coach playing in. Each session will have a specific focus (e.g. court position; shot patterns) but feedback on all aspects of the game will be given throughout the session. This enables students to learn real time what they can do to improve their game and to better understand what might be holding them back. This works best if people sign up for the right level and/or with others they know are at a similar level as them.
Recommended rating to join this session is 2.8-3.3
Play With A Pro 3.5 - 4.0Ready to move up to the advanced 4.0 level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
P-Series - P3 Play with a Pro 3.75 BelowThe P3 Play with the Pro session offers players a unique opportunity to blend coached match play with real-time feedback and strategic insights from a Picklr Pro. Designed for players progressing through the Picklr Pathway, this program focuses on situational awareness, shot selection, and court positioning during live play.
Players rotate partners and opponents while receiving on-court guidance from the Pro, including between-point coaching, shot recommendations, and tactical adjustments. This format bridges the gap between drilling and competitive play, accelerating player growth in a supportive, game-based environment.
Cost:
Members: $50
Non-Members: $50
No Booking Pass permitted
Note: This session is designed for 3 players on 1 court with the pro playing alongside each player. If fewer than 3 players are registered 24 hours before start time, the class may be canceled
Cancellation / No-Show Policy:
Cancellations must be made at least 72 hours in advance. No Refund after 72 hours.
Beginner ClinicGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Play With A Pro 3.5 - 4.0Ready to move up to the advanced 4.0 level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
Play with Pro with IanPlay alongside a pro in a fun, interactive session while receiving real-time coaching, strategy tips, and personalized feedback.
Duration: 60 minutes
Age: Age 16+
Levels: High Intermediate, Intermediate
P-Series - P3 Play with a Pro 3.75 BelowThe P3 Play with the Pro session offers players a unique opportunity to blend coached match play with real-time feedback and strategic insights from a Picklr Pro. Designed for players progressing through the Picklr Pathway, this program focuses on situational awareness, shot selection, and court positioning during live play.
Players rotate partners and opponents while receiving on-court guidance from the Pro, including between-point coaching, shot recommendations, and tactical adjustments. This format bridges the gap between drilling and competitive play, accelerating player growth in a supportive, game-based environment.
Cost:
Members: $50
Non-Members: $50
No Booking Pass permitted
Note: This session is designed for 3 players on 1 court with the pro playing alongside each player. If fewer than 3 players are registered 24 hours before start time, the class may be canceled
Cancellation / No-Show Policy:
Cancellations must be made at least 72 hours in advance. No Refund after 72 hours.
Play With Coach Ellen ClinicPLAY WITH COACH ELLEN
come play with coach Ellen, she will instruct you while you are playing
$35.00 per person
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
Cardio/Drill Pickleball Class with Coach Cami🔥 Get Ready for the Ultimate Workout at Pickleball HQ! 🔥
Join us for Cardio/Drill Pickleball Class — a high-energy, fast-paced fitness session that blends the thrill
of Pickleball with heart-pumping cardio drills. Whether you’re looking to sharpen your skills on the court or
just want a fun way to stay fit, this class will push your agility, endurance, and overall fitness to the next level.
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
NEW - Partner Strategy ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
NO PARTNER NEEDED.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
5. Speedups and Counters
This session will be dedicated to understanding the nuances of speedups and how they could be utilized to generate a pop-up for you to smash. This will also focus on the different ways to handle each type of speedup so you can punish your opponent for doing so.
6. Playing “Fast” and Poaching
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to adapt your game to your opponents if you are struggling to safely transition to the non-volley-zone line.
7. Offensive Lobs and Retrieving Lobs
This session will be dedicated to applying pressure with lobs so you can push your opponents back off the non-volley-zone line and gain an advantage in the point. It will also focus on how to handle situations where you are lobbed and need to re-transition to the non-volley-zone line.
BKPT Practice By Jessie (BKPT Member Only)BKPT Practice
BKPT Members Only
Members FREE | Non-Members $40
Description
This dedicated practice session is exclusively for members of the Brooklyn Pickleball Team (BKPT) Program and is offered as part of our partnership with BKPT. Players will have access to reserved court time in a structured team practice environment designed to help build chemistry, sharpen skills, and prepare for league and competitive play.
We’re excited to support the BKPT community by providing a special partner rate and a consistent home for team training.
Best Fit for This Session
This session is intended exclusively for registered BKPT Team members. Players should be prepared for organized drills, match play, and competitive practice with fellow team members.
How Games Run
Practice format will be determined by BKPT leadership and may include drills, situational play, team strategy work, challenge matches, and structured games. This is a dedicated team practice rather than a standard open play session.
Before You Arrive
Bring athletic gear, clean court shoes, and your paddle. Need one? Paddle rentals and balls are available on site. Please arrive 10 minutes early for check-in.
Snacks, drinks, and water refills are also available on site.
Cancellation Details
Cancellations made 24+ hours in advance receive a full refund as an account credit. Late cancellations and no-shows are non-refundable.
If we cancel the session due to low registration or other reasons, your refund will be sent back to your original payment method within 3–5 business days. All other refunds are issued as account credit.
49 Ash St ste 1, Brooklyn, NY 11222, United States
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
Intermediate Drills with Coach Martin | 3.0-3.5Intermediate Drills with Coach Martin | 3.0-3.5
Members $60 | Non-Members $75
Description
Led by Coach Martin, this clinic focuses on offensive opportunities at the kitchen line and the positioning skills needed to capitalize on them.
Players will learn when and how to speed up the ball effectively, explore Erne opportunities and setups, and develop proper overhead positioning to finish points with confidence. The session emphasizes decision-making, timing, and court awareness in game-like situations.
Best Fit for This Session
This clinic is designed for players with a suggested DUPR of 3.0–3.5 who are comfortable with the fundamentals and ready to add more offensive tools to their game. You should be able to sustain dink rallies, execute basic drops and resets, and understand standard doubles positioning.
If you are still working on basic shot consistency or learning foundational strategy, our beginner or lower-intermediate clinics may be a better fit first.
How Games Run
This is a coach-led instructional clinic featuring targeted drills, skill-building exercises, and guided gameplay. Coach Martin will provide personalized feedback throughout the session to help players improve shot selection, court positioning, and offensive decision-making. Players can expect a combination of drilling, situational exercises, and live play focused on applying the skills being taught.
Before You Arrive
Bring athletic gear, clean court shoes, and your paddle. Need one? Paddle rentals and balls are available on site. Please arrive 10 minutes early for check-in.
Snacks, drinks, and water refills are also available on site.
Cancellation Details
Cancellations made 24+ hours in advance receive a full refund as an account credit. Late cancellations and no-shows are non-refundable.
If we cancel the session due to low registration or other reasons, your refund will be sent back to your original payment method within 3–5 business days. All other refunds are issued as account credit.
49 Ash St ste 1, Brooklyn, NY 11222, United States
[BEGINNER] Coach Guided Open PlayHave a coach watch and guide you during open play. Our coaches will provide tips and tricks on the spot as you play. Fun and easy way to learn basic match play tactics. Recommended for people who have played pickleball at <3.5 level, or have played less than 6 months.
Refunds will be offered as club credits if cancelled at least 24 hours prior to the start of the event. If cancelled within 24 hours of the start of the event, no refunds will be offered.
Please note, these sessions do include balls to use, but not paddles. We offer separately paddles for rent and for sale.
456 Nordhoff Place, Englewood, NJ 07631, United States
NEW - Partner Strategy ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
NO PARTNER NEEDED.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
5. Speedups and Counters
This session will be dedicated to understanding the nuances of speedups and how they could be utilized to generate a pop-up for you to smash. This will also focus on the different ways to handle each type of speedup so you can punish your opponent for doing so.
6. Playing “Fast” and Poaching
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to adapt your game to your opponents if you are struggling to safely transition to the non-volley-zone line.
7. Offensive Lobs and Retrieving Lobs
This session will be dedicated to applying pressure with lobs so you can push your opponents back off the non-volley-zone line and gain an advantage in the point. It will also focus on how to handle situations where you are lobbed and need to re-transition to the non-volley-zone line.
[BEGINNER] Coach Guided Open PlayHave a coach watch and guide you during open play. Our coaches will provide tips and tricks on the spot as you play. Fun and easy way to learn basic match play tactics. Recommended for people who have played pickleball at <3.5 level, or have played less than 6 months.
Refunds will be offered as club credits if cancelled at least 24 hours prior to the start of the event. If cancelled within 24 hours of the start of the event, no refunds will be offered.
Please note, these sessions do include balls to use, but not paddles. We offer separately paddles for rent and for sale.
456 Nordhoff Place, Englewood, NJ 07631, United States
NEW- Build Your Own Pro+3 - 90minsBuild Your Own Pro+3
Customize your Pro+3 by selecting the players and and skill areas on which you'd like pointers.
Just tell your friends to register or add guests.
Summer Camp Week 9 Morning SessionSummer Camp for children ages 7 to 13 years of age. Children will be offered three hours of pickleball, instruction and fun activities in a structured and air-conditioned facility. Children must be picked up and dropped off at the facility. Make up days or refunds for missed days will not be permitted. All participants must wear proper sneakers. Children should be sent with a snack and refillable water bottle.
Bell Works, 101 Crawfords Corner Road, Holmdel, NJ 07733, USA
Cardio/Drill Pickleball Class with Coach Cami🔥 Get Ready for the Ultimate Workout at Pickleball HQ! 🔥
Join us for Cardio/Drill Pickleball Class — a high-energy, fast-paced fitness session that blends the thrill
of Pickleball with heart-pumping cardio drills. Whether you’re looking to sharpen your skills on the court or
just want a fun way to stay fit, this class will push your agility, endurance, and overall fitness to the next level.
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
Play With A Pro 3.5 - 4.0Ready to move up to the advanced 4.0 level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
It is a DRILL, with a casa Coach:table_tennis_paddle_and_ball: This is a DRILL
Every Tuesday | 10:00 AM – 11:00 AM
Looking to build consistency and improve your game one skill at a time? Join us every Tuesday for Drill of the Week, where a Casa Pickle Coach breaks down one essential pickleball drill designed to help you become a stronger, smarter player.
Each session focuses on a single skill, allowing you to understand the purpose of the drill, proper technique, and how to apply it during match play.
Session Format
10:00 – 10:30 AM
Coach demonstration and instruction
Technique breakdown
Strategy and common mistakes
Q&A
10:30 – 11:00 AM
Guided player practice with coach feedback and corrections - Coach will observe not play.
11:00 AM – 12:00 PM
:tada: Complimentary Open Play - no coach present
Stay and put your newly learned skills into action during one hour of free Open Play.
8-Week Drill Rotation
Week 1: Third Shot Drop Consistency
Week 2: Dinking Control & Placement
Week 3: Volley Reflexes & Hand Speed
Week 4: Serve & Return Accuracy
Week 5: Transition Zone Footwork & Resets
Week 6: Crosscourt Dinking & Patience
Week 7: Lob Defense & Overhead Smashes
Week 8: Crazy Angles
The rotation repeats every eight weeks with new coaching tips, progressions, and advanced variations.
Pricing
:gem: Diamond Members: $5
:first_place_medal: Gold Members: $6
:admission_tickets: Visitors: $10
Capacity
Minimum: 4 players
Maximum: 12 players
SUMMER BOOT CAMP PICKLEBALL TRAINING WITH COACH CAMISUMMER BOOT CAMP PICKLEBALL TRAINING WITH COACH CAMI
THIS IS FOR INTERMEDIATE SKILLED LEVEL PLAYERS
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
Coach Guided Open PlayGreat opportunity to continue learning and gain the confidence to play in Open Plays.
Our coach will guide the group through the open play format providing game and shot tips as you play!
Come join all the social fun of Open Plays!!!
Coach Guided Open PlayGreat opportunity to continue learning and gain the confidence to play in Open Plays.
Our coach will guide the group through the open play format providing game and shot tips as you play!
Come join all the social fun of Open Plays!!!
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
3 and me with Bernard🏓 3 & Me
🧑🏫 Coach
Led by Coach Bernard, a certified pickleball instructor known for developing player confidence and game IQ. His teaching style blends technical precision with in-game adaptability, making each session both challenging and enjoyable.
✨ What Makes It Special
“3 & Me” brings players together in a unique small-group coaching format — three players paired with one experienced coach. This structure creates the perfect balance between personalized attention and dynamic, game-based play.
🎯 Who Is It For
Intermediate+ players looking to level up through focused, small-group coaching.
🔍 Primary Focus
This session is built around real-game scenarios, helping players improve:
• Strategy and shot selection
• Teamwork and court awareness
• Consistency under pressure
The goal is to elevate both individual technique and group coordination.
👀 What to Expect
Players will practice doubles formations, third-shot setups, and transition play while receiving immediate, tactical feedback from the coach during live play.
⏱️ Duration
Each 3 & Me session runs for 60 minutes, offering the ideal balance between focused instruction and match-style play.
Skills & Drills 60minsGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Play With a Pro +3 Rising Intermediate 3.0 (1.5 hrs)Play with a Pro (1.5 hour): 3 Participants will play out points/games with the coach playing in. Each session will have a specific focus (e.g. court position; shot patterns) but feedback on all aspects of the game will be given throughout the session. This enables students to learn real time what they can do to improve their game and to better understand what might be holding them back. This works best if people sign up for the right level and/or with others they know are at a similar level as them.
Recommended rating to join this session is 2.8-3.3
P-Series - P3 Play with a Pro 3.75 BelowThe P3 Play with the Pro session offers players a unique opportunity to blend coached match play with real-time feedback and strategic insights from a Picklr Pro. Designed for players progressing through the Picklr Pathway, this program focuses on situational awareness, shot selection, and court positioning during live play.
Players rotate partners and opponents while receiving on-court guidance from the Pro, including between-point coaching, shot recommendations, and tactical adjustments. This format bridges the gap between drilling and competitive play, accelerating player growth in a supportive, game-based environment.
Cost:
Members: $50
Non-Members: $50
No Booking Pass permitted
Note: This session is designed for 3 players on 1 court with the pro playing alongside each player. If fewer than 3 players are registered 24 hours before start time, the class may be canceled
Cancellation / No-Show Policy:
Cancellations must be made at least 72 hours in advance. No Refund after 72 hours.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
SUMMER BOOT CAMP PICKLEBALL TRAINING WITH COACH CAMISUMMER BOOT CAMP PICKLEBALL TRAINING WITH COACH CAMI
THIS IS FOR INTERMEDIATE SKILLED LEVEL PLAYERS
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
3 and me with Bernard🏓 3 & Me
🧑🏫 Coach
Led by Coach Bernard, a certified pickleball instructor known for developing player confidence and game IQ. His teaching style blends technical precision with in-game adaptability, making each session both challenging and enjoyable.
✨ What Makes It Special
“3 & Me” brings players together in a unique small-group coaching format — three players paired with one experienced coach. This structure creates the perfect balance between personalized attention and dynamic, game-based play.
🎯 Who Is It For
Intermediate+ players looking to level up through focused, small-group coaching.
🔍 Primary Focus
This session is built around real-game scenarios, helping players improve:
• Strategy and shot selection
• Teamwork and court awareness
• Consistency under pressure
The goal is to elevate both individual technique and group coordination.
👀 What to Expect
Players will practice doubles formations, third-shot setups, and transition play while receiving immediate, tactical feedback from the coach during live play.
⏱️ Duration
Each 3 & Me session runs for 60 minutes, offering the ideal balance between focused instruction and match-style play.
NEW - Partner Strategy ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
P Series - Guided Gameplay 3.75 BelowP Series - Guided Gameplay is a structured, coach-led session designed to help players improve through live gameplay, strategy instruction, and real-time feedback. Unlike open play, Guided Gameplay combines competitive games with coaching support to develop shot selection, court positioning, communication, and overall game awareness in a fun and social environment.
Players rotate through organized matches while the coach actively participates and observes play, providing tactical adjustments and personalized feedback throughout the session. The focus is on improving consistency, decision-making, teamwork, and confidence in match situations.
Perfect for players looking to bridge the gap between drills and real-game performance, Guided Gameplay creates a supportive environment where players can learn, compete, and elevate their game together.
Cost
Members: $45
Non-Members: $45
Booking passes is not permitted for this program.
Program Format
4 players per court
The pro plays alongside participants during gameplay
Personalized coaching and feedback throughout the session
Minimum Enrollment
This session requires a minimum of 4 players. If fewer than 4 players are registered 24 hours prior to the start time, the session may be canceled.
Cancellation / No-Show Policy
Cancellations must be made at least 72 hours before the session start time. No refunds will be issued for cancellations made within 72 hours of the session.
Intro to Pickleball with Coach SzeIntro to Pickleball
$40
*GREENPOINT RESIDENTS PLAY FREE WITH VALID ID*
Session will be refunded as club credit for Greenpoint residents
Share This Event Link To Friends And Join Together: https://app.courtreserve.com/Online/Events/Public/17550/2124319
Description
Curious about pickleball? This small group, beginner-friendly clinic is the perfect place to start. Led by Coach Sze, this introductory session is designed for players with little to no pickleball experience and provides a fun, supportive environment to learn the fundamentals of the fastest-growing sport in the country.
Players will be introduced to the basic rules, scoring, court positioning, and essential shots needed to start playing with confidence. No prior experience is required.
Best Fit for This Session
This clinic is designed specifically for brand-new players and beginners. If you've never played pickleball before, have only played a few times, or are looking for a structured introduction to the game, this session is for you.
No pickleball experience is necessary, and all questions are welcome.
How Games Run
This is a coach-led instructional clinic featuring demonstrations, skill-building drills, and guided gameplay.
* Coach Lynn will introduce the core fundamentals of pickleball.
* Learn serving, returning, dinking, volleying, scoring, and court positioning.
* Participate in skill-building drills designed for beginners.
* Practice each skill before applying it in beginner-friendly games.
* Receive instruction, feedback, and guidance throughout the session.
* Paddles will be provided for all participants.
Simply show up ready to learn, improve, and have fun.
Before You Arrive
Bring athletic gear and clean court shoes. Paddles and balls will be provided for this session. Please arrive 10 minutes early for check-in.
Snacks, drinks, and water refills are also available on site.
Cancellation Details
Cancellations made 24+ hours in advance receive a full refund as an account credit. Late cancellations and no-shows are non-refundable.
If we cancel the session due to low registration or other reasons, your refund will be sent back to your original payment method within 3–5 business days. All other refunds are issued as account credit.
49 Ash St ste 1, Brooklyn, NY 11222, United States
Summer Camp Week 9 Morning SessionSummer Camp for children ages 7 to 13 years of age. Children will be offered three hours of pickleball, instruction and fun activities in a structured and air-conditioned facility. Children must be picked up and dropped off at the facility. Make up days or refunds for missed days will not be permitted. All participants must wear proper sneakers. Children should be sent with a snack and refillable water bottle.
Bell Works, 101 Crawfords Corner Road, Holmdel, NJ 07733, USA
Play With A Pro 3.0 - 3.5Ready to move up to the High Intermediate 3.5+ level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Experienced Beginner level (2.0-3.0)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Experienced Beginner level (2.0-3.0)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Play With A Pro 3.5 - 4.0Ready to move up to the advanced 4.0 level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
NEW - PARTNER STRATEGY ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
Intro to PickleballThis 90 minute clinic will focus on the rules of the game, scoring, positioning, serving/receiving and general strokes. All these will be learned in a fun, interactive setting and put into game play the ladder half of the session.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Beginner ClinicGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
3 and me with Bernard🏓 3 & Me
🧑🏫 Coach
Led by Coach Bernard, a certified pickleball instructor known for developing player confidence and game IQ. His teaching style blends technical precision with in-game adaptability, making each session both challenging and enjoyable.
✨ What Makes It Special
“3 & Me” brings players together in a unique small-group coaching format — three players paired with one experienced coach. This structure creates the perfect balance between personalized attention and dynamic, game-based play.
🎯 Who Is It For
Intermediate+ players looking to level up through focused, small-group coaching.
🔍 Primary Focus
This session is built around real-game scenarios, helping players improve:
• Strategy and shot selection
• Teamwork and court awareness
• Consistency under pressure
The goal is to elevate both individual technique and group coordination.
👀 What to Expect
Players will practice doubles formations, third-shot setups, and transition play while receiving immediate, tactical feedback from the coach during live play.
⏱️ Duration
Each 3 & Me session runs for 60 minutes, offering the ideal balance between focused instruction and match-style play.
Play With Coach Ellen ClinicPLAY WITH COACH ELLEN
come play with coach Ellen, she will instruct you while you are playing
$35.00 per person
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
NEW - Partner Strategy ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
5. Speedups and Counters
This session will be dedicated to understanding the nuances of speedups and how they could be utilized to generate a pop-up for you to smash. This will also focus on the different ways to handle each type of speedup so you can punish your opponent for doing so.
6. Playing “Fast” and Poaching
[INTERMEDIATE] Coach Guided Open Play (5:30pm)Have a coach watch and guide you during open play. Our coaches will provide tips and tricks on the spot as you play. Fun and easy way to learn basic match play tactics. Recommended for people who have played pickleball at <3.5 level, or have played less than 6 months.
Refunds will be offered as club credits if cancelled at least 24 hours prior to the start of the event. If cancelled within 24 hours of the start of the event, no refunds will be offered.
Please note, these sessions do include balls to use, but not paddles. We offer separately paddles for rent and for sale.
456 Nordhoff Place, Englewood, NJ 07631, United States
Pickleball coaching for Advanced Intermediate / Advanced trainingExisting trainees receive 10% for enrolling again, call us to receive account credit.
Coaching for Advanced Intermediate / advnaced training for DUPR >=3.5
60 min sessions
4 session package
Continue to hone in on the skills.
Spend dedicated 60 minutes with the coach on the court.
We can also customize a training program as per your needs.
Please feel free to call or speak with the coach during your session.
4 Week Clinic for IntermediateABOUT
This 4-week clinic series is for Intermediate players who are ready to take their game to the next level.
Clinic Schedule
With our coach and 4 other students, you’ll learn the following:
Week 1: how to reliably get to the kitchen (serves, drives, drops, drips, resets)
Week 2: how to stop your opponents getting to the kitchen (returns, 4th shot decision making, drive tolerance, flicks/rolls)
Week 3: How to win once you’re at the kitchen (speedups + dinking patterns)
Week 4: How to be ready for your opponents game plan in the kitchen. (Counters + dinking patterns+ finishing pieces)
Each class will be 1.5 hours long, with a combination of coach-guided drills and demonstrations!
If you were to sign up, it is a commitment to the 4-Week clinic series. If you cannot attend a class, please let your coach know before hand.
Cancellation Policy: Full refund with cancellations over 48+ hours before the start time of the event.
[INTERMEDIATE] Coach Guided Open Play (6:30pm)Have a coach watch and guide you during open play. Our coaches will provide tips and tricks on the spot as you play. Fun and easy way to learn basic match play tactics. Recommended for people who have played pickleball at <3.5 level, or have played less than 6 months.
Refunds will be offered as club credits if cancelled at least 24 hours prior to the start of the event. If cancelled within 24 hours of the start of the event, no refunds will be offered.
Please note, these sessions do include balls to use, but not paddles. We offer separately paddles for rent and for sale.
456 Nordhoff Place, Englewood, NJ 07631, United States
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
Summer Camp Week 9 Morning SessionSummer Camp for children ages 7 to 13 years of age. Children will be offered three hours of pickleball, instruction and fun activities in a structured and air-conditioned facility. Children must be picked up and dropped off at the facility. Make up days or refunds for missed days will not be permitted. All participants must wear proper sneakers. Children should be sent with a snack and refillable water bottle.
Bell Works, 101 Crawfords Corner Road, Holmdel, NJ 07733, USA
Clinic Series - Path to 3.5: Playing with StrategyClinic Series - Path to 3.5: Playing with Strategy
Ever feel like you’re hitting solid shots but still losing points you should be winning? This six-week series will teach you how to play with intention instead of reacting. You’ll learn how to control the point from the serve and return, take command of the kitchen line, and place the ball to create pressure and force errors—so you’re dictating play rather than hoping for a mistake.Prerequisites: You should be able to execute basic shots (serve, return, drive, drop, volley, and dink) with some consistency or have completed Path to Intermediate Level 1. If you are unsure if this series is the right fit, please reach out.Our clinics are based on a curriculum developed by theRacket Professional Organization (RPO), founded by Collin Johns, who many consider to be one of the world's best pickleball coaches. Our excellent team of coaches has been trained in the RPO method, and we think you will find it to be game-changing in terms of the quality of instruction.
Max per class: 4
Cancellation policy:Because of the challenge of finding a last minute replacement for a clinic series, cancellations must be made at least 3 days prior to the start of the first session.
Cancellation for low enrollment: The clinic series will be cancelled for low enrollment if it does not have at least 3 registered participants prior to the first class
Skills & Drills 60minsGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Guided Play with Mark & ElaineGuided Play with Mark & Elaine
Age: All Ages
Level: Beginner & Intermediate
Receive personalized one-on-one coaching during live play.
Get real-time feedback on strategy, positioning, and shot selection.
Learn smarter decision-making in actual game situations.
Improve your skills faster while playing in a fun and supportive environment.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
P-Series - P3 Play with a Pro 3.75 BelowThe P3 Play with the Pro session offers players a unique opportunity to blend coached match play with real-time feedback and strategic insights from a Picklr Pro. Designed for players progressing through the Picklr Pathway, this program focuses on situational awareness, shot selection, and court positioning during live play.
Players rotate partners and opponents while receiving on-court guidance from the Pro, including between-point coaching, shot recommendations, and tactical adjustments. This format bridges the gap between drilling and competitive play, accelerating player growth in a supportive, game-based environment.
Cost:
Members: $50
Non-Members: $50
No Booking Pass permitted
Note: This session is designed for 3 players on 1 court with the pro playing alongside each player. If fewer than 3 players are registered 24 hours before start time, the class may be canceled
Cancellation / No-Show Policy:
Cancellations must be made at least 72 hours in advance. No Refund after 72 hours.
P Series - Guided Gameplay 3.75 BelowP Series - Guided Gameplay is a structured, coach-led session designed to help players improve through live gameplay, strategy instruction, and real-time feedback. Unlike open play, Guided Gameplay combines competitive games with coaching support to develop shot selection, court positioning, communication, and overall game awareness in a fun and social environment.
Players rotate through organized matches while the coach actively participates and observes play, providing tactical adjustments and personalized feedback throughout the session. The focus is on improving consistency, decision-making, teamwork, and confidence in match situations.
Perfect for players looking to bridge the gap between drills and real-game performance, Guided Gameplay creates a supportive environment where players can learn, compete, and elevate their game together.
Cost
Members: $45
Non-Members: $45
Booking passes is not permitted for this program.
Program Format
4 players per court
The pro plays alongside participants during gameplay
Personalized coaching and feedback throughout the session
Minimum Enrollment
This session requires a minimum of 4 players. If fewer than 4 players are registered 24 hours prior to the start time, the session may be canceled.
Cancellation / No-Show Policy
Cancellations must be made at least 72 hours before the session start time. No refunds will be issued for cancellations made within 72 hours of the session.
NEW - Partner Strategy ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
5. Speedups and Counters
This session will be dedicated to understanding the nuances of speedups and how they could be utilized to generate a pop-up for you to smash. This will also focus on the different ways to handle each type of speedup so you can punish your opponent for doing so.
6. Playing “Fast” and Poaching
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to adapt your game to your opponents if you are struggling to safely transition to the non-volley-zone line.
7. Offensive Lobs and Retrieving Lobs
This session will be dedicated to applying pressure with lobs so you can push your opponents back off the non-volley-zone line and gain an advantage in the point. It will also focus on how to handle situations where you are lobbed and need to re-transition to the non-volley-zone line.
Cardio/Drill Pickleball Class with Coach Cami🔥 Get Ready for the Ultimate Workout at Pickleball HQ! 🔥
Join us for Cardio/Drill Pickleball Class — a high-energy, fast-paced fitness session that blends the thrill
of Pickleball with heart-pumping cardio drills. Whether you’re looking to sharpen your skills on the court or
just want a fun way to stay fit, this class will push your agility, endurance, and overall fitness to the next level.
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
P Series - Guided Gameplay 3.75 BelowP Series - Guided Gameplay is a structured, coach-led session designed to help players improve through live gameplay, strategy instruction, and real-time feedback. Unlike open play, Guided Gameplay combines competitive games with coaching support to develop shot selection, court positioning, communication, and overall game awareness in a fun and social environment.
Players rotate through organized matches while the coach actively participates and observes play, providing tactical adjustments and personalized feedback throughout the session. The focus is on improving consistency, decision-making, teamwork, and confidence in match situations.
Perfect for players looking to bridge the gap between drills and real-game performance, Guided Gameplay creates a supportive environment where players can learn, compete, and elevate their game together.
Cost
Members: $45
Non-Members: $45
Booking passes is not permitted for this program.
Program Format
4 players per court
The pro plays alongside participants during gameplay
Personalized coaching and feedback throughout the session
Minimum Enrollment
This session requires a minimum of 4 players. If fewer than 4 players are registered 24 hours prior to the start time, the session may be canceled.
Cancellation / No-Show Policy
Cancellations must be made at least 72 hours before the session start time. No refunds will be issued for cancellations made within 72 hours of the session.
Adult Beginner Full Clinic - 6 Weeks ClinicLearn the foundation for pickleball, such as the basic skills and techniques for playing the game.
Duration: 6 sessions, 6 weeks
Age: 18+
Levels: Beginner/Advanced Beginner
Paddles will be provided
Weekly Lesson:
Week 1 - Non-Volley Zone Fundamentals
Week 2 - Serving & Returning Basics
Week 3 - Transition Zone Fundamentals
Week 4 - Groundstroke Foundations
Week 5 - Court Positioning & Team Chemistry
Week 6 - Game Play Tactics & Strategy
Ready, Set, Reset! Advanced Beginner Clinic with Coach SzeReady, Set, Reset! Advanced Beginner Clinic with Coach Sze
Members $60 | Non-Members $75
Description
Join Coach Sze for a small-group clinic designed for newer players who are starting to feel comfortable with the basics and are ready to level up their game. This session focuses on practical skills, simple strategy improvements, and key habits that help beginners transition into more confident, consistent players.
Players will receive hands-on guidance, live feedback, and targeted instruction to help improve shot execution, court awareness, and overall decision-making.
Best Fit for This Session
This clinic is designed for advanced beginners who already understand the basic rules of pickleball and have some experience playing full games.
You should be comfortable with scoring and able to sustain short rallies. This session is ideal if you're ready to move beyond just “getting the ball in” and start learning how to play with more control, intention, and consistency.
If you are brand new to pickleball, a beginner intro clinic may be a better starting point.
How Games Run
* Small-group clinic format led by Coach Sze.
* Focus on drills, live-ball repetition, and guided gameplay.
* Maximum 6 players per court.
* Emphasis on improving core skills such as dinking, serving consistency, return of serve, and basic positioning.
* Coach Sze will provide real-time corrections, tips, and simple tactical guidance throughout the session.
* Players will rotate frequently through drill stations and point-play scenarios.
This is a development-focused session designed to build confidence and reinforce strong fundamentals through repetition and coaching feedback.
Before You Arrive
Bring athletic gear, clean court shoes, and your paddle. Need one? Paddle rentals and balls are available on site. Please arrive 10 minutes early for check-in.
Snacks, drinks, and water refills are also available on site.
Cancellation Details
Cancellations made 24+ hours in advance receive a full refund as an account credit. Late cancellations and no-shows are non-refundable.
If we cancel the session due to low registration or other reasons, your refund will be sent back to your original payment method within 3–5 business days. All other refunds are issued as account credit.
49 Ash St ste 1, Brooklyn, NY 11222, United States
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
OpenPlay 3 hrs weekendOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Summer Camp Week 9 Morning SessionSummer Camp for children ages 7 to 13 years of age. Children will be offered three hours of pickleball, instruction and fun activities in a structured and air-conditioned facility. Children must be picked up and dropped off at the facility. Make up days or refunds for missed days will not be permitted. All participants must wear proper sneakers. Children should be sent with a snack and refillable water bottle.
Bell Works, 101 Crawfords Corner Road, Holmdel, NJ 07733, USA
Coach Office HoursFor years, New York City’s coaching community has talked about creating a place where
coaches could simply be coaches.
A place to exchange ideas instead of guarding them.
To challenge one another, refine the way we teach, and then spend the second hour doing what
brought us here in the first place—playing.
Office Hours is that place.
This is a standing two-hour session created exclusively for pickleball coaches. Whether you
coach full-time or part-time, at a club or independently, you’re invited to spend two hours with
people who care as much about the craft as you do.
This is intentionally coaches only.
No lessons. No drop-ins. No exceptions.
Just coaches investing in coaches.
9:00–10:00 AM | Build Better Coaches
The first hour is dedicated entirely to learning from one another.
Court One — Clinic Lab
Share a clinic, progression, game, or teaching concept that’s genuinely worked for you.
Bring your favorite warm-up. Explain how you teach a skill. Demonstrate games your players
ask for every week. Workshop new programming. Leave with ideas you’ll use in your very next
clinic.
Steal responsibly.
Court Two — Drill Lab
A working court devoted entirely to drilling.
Refine patterns. Test new progressions. Experiment with drills before introducing them to
students. Sometimes another coach sees the one detail you’ve been missing.
Probably your feed.
10:00–11:00 AM | Coaches Play
The second hour belongs on the court.
Court One
4-on, 4-off Open Play
Court Two
Challenge Court — Winners Stay
Compete with and against coaches you rarely get to play with. Test ideas under pressure. Meet
coaches from other clubs. Build relationships that make New York’s coaching community
stronger.
Game sharpening game, taking nothing personally.
49 Ash St ste 1, Brooklyn, NY 11222, United States
Beginner ClinicThis 60 minute clinic will focus on stroke technique and building confidence on the court while also re-emphasizing rules, positioning, etc.
Intro to PickleballThis 90 minute clinic will focus on the rules of the game, scoring, positioning, serving/receiving and general strokes. All these will be learned in a fun, interactive setting and put into game play the ladder half of the session.
Skills & Drills 60minsGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
Skills & Drills 60minsGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
3.5+ Drills and Dinks Session By ArthurDinking & Drills
Members FREE | Non-Members $20
Description
Join Player Advisor Arthur for a focused skill-building session featuring drills and other targeted training exercises designed to improve specific areas of your pickleball game. This session blends structured repetition with live-ball scenarios to help players build consistency, improve decision-making, and strengthen key technical skills.
Each session will emphasize intentional practice through high-rep drills and situational play, giving players clear feedback points and actionable improvements they can take into match play.
Best Fit for This Session
This session is recommended for players at a 3.5+ skill level who are comfortable with intermediate pickleball fundamentals and are ready to refine technique, improve shot quality, and develop more consistent execution under pressure.
Players should be familiar with scoring, doubles positioning, and core shots such as dinks, drives, volleys, and returns.
How Games Run
* Skill-focused drill session led by Player Advisor Arthur.
* Rotating drills and additional targeted skill exercises.
* Maximum 4 players per court.
* Emphasis on repetition, controlled practice, and situational live-ball scenarios.
* Players will rotate frequently to maximize reps and feedback opportunities.
This session is designed to help players build consistency and translate skills into match play.
Before You Arrive
Bring athletic gear, clean court shoes, and your paddle. Need one? Paddle rentals and balls are available on site. Please arrive 10 minutes early for check-in.
Snacks, drinks, and water refills are also available on site.
Cancellation Details
Cancellations made 8+ hours in advance receive a full refund as an account credit. Late cancellations and no-shows are non-refundable.
If we cancel the session due to low registration or other reasons, your refund will be sent back to your original payment method within 3–5 business days. All other refunds are issued as account credit.
49 Ash St ste 1, Brooklyn, NY 11222, United States
Beginner Drills with Coach Martin | 2.5-3.0Beginner Drills with Coach Martin | 2.5-3.0
Members $32 | Non-Members $40
Description
Drop into Coach Martin’s Office Hours for a focused beginner drill session designed to help players sharpen specific skills and improve overall consistency. This is a structured, high-rep training environment where players can work on targeted areas of their game with direct feedback from a coach.
Each session is adaptable based on player needs, allowing for personalized corrections, repetition-based learning, and guided improvement in key shot categories.
Best Fit for This Session
This session is recommended for players with a 2.5-3.0 suggested DUPR who are comfortable with basic gameplay and are ready to refine technique and build consistency.
Players should understand scoring, doubles positioning, and core shots such as dinks, drives, volleys, drops, and returns. This is ideal for players looking to clean up mechanics and develop more reliable execution under pressure.
How Games Run
* Coach-led “office hours” style drill session with Coach Martin.
* Focus on targeted skill development based on player needs.
* Maximum 6 players per court.
* High-repetition drilling with immediate feedback and correction.
* Mix of structured drills and live-ball situational practice.
* Players may rotate through stations or focused drill groups depending on session focus.
This is a development-focused session designed to isolate specific skills and accelerate improvement through repetition and coaching feedback.
Before You Arrive
Bring athletic gear, clean court shoes, and your paddle. Need one? Paddle rentals and balls are available on site. Please arrive 10 minutes early for check-in.
Snacks, drinks, and water refills are also available on site.
Cancellation Details
Cancellations made 24+ hours in advance receive a full refund as an account credit. Late cancellations and no-shows are non-refundable.
If we cancel the session due to low registration or other reasons, your refund will be sent back to your original payment method within 3–5 business days. All other refunds are issued as account credit.
49 Ash St ste 1, Brooklyn, NY 11222, United States
Intermediate Drills with Coach Martin | 3.0-3.5Intermediate Drills with Coach Martin | 3.0-3.5
Members $32 | Non-Members $40
Description
Led by Coach Martin, this clinic focuses on offensive opportunities at the kitchen line and the positioning skills needed to capitalize on them.
Players will learn when and how to speed up the ball effectively, explore Erne opportunities and setups, and develop proper overhead positioning to finish points with confidence. The session emphasizes decision-making, timing, and court awareness in game-like situations.
Best Fit for This Session
This clinic is designed for players with a suggested DUPR of 3.0–3.5 who are comfortable with the fundamentals and ready to add more offensive tools to their game. You should be able to sustain dink rallies, execute basic drops and resets, and understand standard doubles positioning.
If you are still working on basic shot consistency or learning foundational strategy, our beginner or lower-intermediate clinics may be a better fit first.
How Games Run
This is a coach-led instructional clinic featuring targeted drills, skill-building exercises, and guided gameplay. Coach Martin will provide personalized feedback throughout the session to help players improve shot selection, court positioning, and offensive decision-making. Players can expect a combination of drilling, situational exercises, and live play focused on applying the skills being taught.
Before You Arrive
Bring athletic gear, clean court shoes, and your paddle. Need one? Paddle rentals and balls are available on site. Please arrive 10 minutes early for check-in.
Snacks, drinks, and water refills are also available on site.
Cancellation Details
Cancellations made 24+ hours in advance receive a full refund as an account credit. Late cancellations and no-shows are non-refundable.
If we cancel the session due to low registration or other reasons, your refund will be sent back to your original payment method within 3–5 business days. All other refunds are issued as account credit.
49 Ash St ste 1, Brooklyn, NY 11222, United States
SUMMER BOOT CAMP PICKLEBALL TRAINING WITH COACH CAMISUMMER BOOT CAMP PICKLEBALL TRAINING WITH COACH CAMI
THIS IS FOR INTERMEDIATE SKILLED LEVEL PLAYERS
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
From Zero to HeroWhat Makes It Special
“Zero to Hero” isn’t just a clinic — it’s a journey. It’s about turning doubt into discipline and turning every missed shot into motivation. Under Coach’s guidance, players experience the mindset, movement, and mastery that move them from casual play to confident competition.
Who this clinic is designed for
This program is built for players who are ready to level up — mentally and physically. Whether you’re new to structured training or fighting a plateau, this clinic gives you the tools and confidence to rise.
Primary Focus
The core focus is progress and purpose — developing consistency, positioning, and power while building a champion’s mindset. Every drill is designed to build toward real match readiness.
Moments where frustration turns into flow. That’s the magic of this clinic — every challenge has a breakthrough waiting just past it.
Duration
Each “Zero to Hero” session runs 2 hours — a deep dive into high-intensity training balanced with technical refinement and focused match play. If only one participant, one hour session with Free Open Play.
Ideal For
Players who crave growth, confidence, and transformation — anyone ready to rewrite their pickleball story from the ground up.
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
NEW - Partner Strategy ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
5. Speedups and Counters
This session will be dedicated to understanding the nuances of speedups and how they could be utilized to generate a pop-up for you to smash. This will also focus on the different ways to handle each type of speedup so you can punish your opponent for doing so.
6. Playing “Fast” and Poaching
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to adapt your game to your opponents if you are struggling to safely transition to the non-volley-zone line.
7. Offensive Lobs and Retrieving Lobs
This session will be dedicated to applying pressure with lobs so you can push your opponents back off the non-volley-zone line and gain an advantage in the point. It will also focus on how to handle situations where you are lobbed and need to re-transition to the non-volley-zone line.
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Intro to PickleballThis 90 minute clinic will focus on the rules of the game, scoring, positioning, serving/receiving and general strokes. All these will be learned in a fun, interactive setting and put into game play the ladder half of the session.
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Beginner ClinicGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
OpenPlay 3 hrs weekendOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Coach Guided Open PlayGreat opportunity to continue learning and gain the confidence to play in Open Plays.
Our coach will guide the group through the open play format providing game and shot tips as you play!
Come join all the social fun of Open Plays!!!
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
From Zero to HeroWhat Makes It Special
“Zero to Hero” isn’t just a clinic — it’s a journey. It’s about turning doubt into discipline and turning every missed shot into motivation. Under Coach’s guidance, players experience the mindset, movement, and mastery that move them from casual play to confident competition.
Who this clinic is designed for
This program is built for players who are ready to level up — mentally and physically. Whether you’re new to structured training or fighting a plateau, this clinic gives you the tools and confidence to rise.
Primary Focus
The core focus is progress and purpose — developing consistency, positioning, and power while building a champion’s mindset. Every drill is designed to build toward real match readiness.
Moments where frustration turns into flow. That’s the magic of this clinic — every challenge has a breakthrough waiting just past it.
Duration
Each “Zero to Hero” session runs 2 hours — a deep dive into high-intensity training balanced with technical refinement and focused match play. If only one participant, one hour session with Free Open Play.
Ideal For
Players who crave growth, confidence, and transformation — anyone ready to rewrite their pickleball story from the ground up.
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Hero 101Congratulations on completing your Zero to Hero class with Coach Deepak!
You’ve officially taken the first step in your pickleball journey and are now ready for Hero 101 with Coach Deepak. Join us this Sunday from 12:00 PM to 1:30 PM to continue building your skills, confidence, and understanding of the game. Reservations at Court Reserve.
We look forward to seeing you on the court and helping you continue your pickleball journey!
Intermediate/Advanced 1/1 with James 4.8 rated DUPR instructorCome Learn with Our Instructor James Cannizzaro A 4.8 DUPR rated Player
* First He Will Evaluate You
Then See what you need to work on to get to the next level.
you Could be going over Drives, Dinks, Resets, Transitioning whatever it takes each person is different
far as the progression and what level you are at but Coach James will make
everything a Smooth and easy learning Experience for any level.
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
If event does not full of 3 participants, it will be cancelled.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
Intro to PickleballThis 90 minute clinic will focus on the rules of the game, scoring, positioning, serving/receiving and general strokes. All these will be learned in a fun, interactive setting and put into game play the ladder half of the session.
Coach Guided Open PlayGreat opportunity to continue learning and gain the confidence to play in Open Plays.
Our coach will guide the group through the open play format providing game and shot tips as you play!
Come join all the social fun of Open Plays!!!
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Beginner ClinicGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
OpenPlay 3 hrs weekendOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Summer Camp Week 10 Morning SessionSummer Camp for children ages 7 to 13 years of age. Children will be offered three hours of pickleball, instruction and fun activities in a structured and air-conditioned facility. Children must be picked up and dropped off at the facility. Make up days or refunds for missed days will not be permitted. All participants must wear proper sneakers. Children should be sent with a snack and refillable water bottle.
Bell Works, 101 Crawfords Corner Road, Holmdel, NJ 07733, USA
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Experienced Beginner level (2.0-3.0)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
P-Series - P1 - Foundation
Fair Lawn | The PICKLR
P-Series - P1 - Foundation
The P1 Foundation program is designed to introduce players to the core fundamentals of pickleball. It serves as the starting point for new members, ensuring they develop a solid understanding of the game. This program provides structured lessons, skill assessments, and guided practice to help players build confidence and competence in pickleball.
Cost:
Members: $20 (Free with booking pass)
Non-Members: $40
Note: Academy classes are designed for 8 players across 2 courts. If fewer than 3 players are registered 24 hours before start time, the class may be cancelled and booking passes/credits will be refunded if applicable.
Cancellation / No-Show Policy: Cancellations must be made at least 24 hours in advance. Late cancellations or no-shows may incur a $10 fee.
Suggested Rating: 3.5
Very important: Members please use the booking pass option during checkout if you still have booking passes available in your account. We will not be able to refund you if you chose to pay for the session when you have booking passes available.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Experienced Beginner level (2.0-3.0)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Play With a Pro +3 Rising Intermediate 3.0 (1.5 hrs)Play with a Pro (1.5 hour): 3 Participants will play out points/games with the coach playing in. Each session will have a specific focus (e.g. court position; shot patterns) but feedback on all aspects of the game will be given throughout the session. This enables students to learn real time what they can do to improve their game and to better understand what might be holding them back. This works best if people sign up for the right level and/or with others they know are at a similar level as them.
Recommended rating to join this session is 2.8-3.3
Intro to PickleballThis 90 minute clinic will focus on the rules of the game, scoring, positioning, serving/receiving and general strokes. All these will be learned in a fun, interactive setting and put into game play the ladder half of the session.
P-Series - P3 Play with a Pro 3.75 BelowThe P3 Play with the Pro session offers players a unique opportunity to blend coached match play with real-time feedback and strategic insights from a Picklr Pro. Designed for players progressing through the Picklr Pathway, this program focuses on situational awareness, shot selection, and court positioning during live play.
Players rotate partners and opponents while receiving on-court guidance from the Pro, including between-point coaching, shot recommendations, and tactical adjustments. This format bridges the gap between drilling and competitive play, accelerating player growth in a supportive, game-based environment.
Cost:
Members: $50
Non-Members: $50
No Booking Pass permitted
Note: This session is designed for 3 players on 1 court with the pro playing alongside each player. If fewer than 3 players are registered 24 hours before start time, the class may be canceled
Cancellation / No-Show Policy:
Cancellations must be made at least 72 hours in advance. No Refund after 72 hours.
Summer Camp Week 10 Afternoon SessionSummer Camp for children ages 7 to 13 years of age. Children will be offered three hours of pickleball, instruction and fun activities in a structured and air-conditioned facility. Children must be picked up and dropped off at the facility. Make up days or refunds for missed days will not be permitted. All participants must wear proper sneakers. Children should be sent with a snack and refillable water bottle.
Bell Works, 101 Crawfords Corner Road, Holmdel, NJ 07733, USA
Play With A Pro 3.5 - 4.0Ready to move up to the advanced 4.0 level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
P-Series - P3 Play with a Pro 3.75 BelowThe P3 Play with the Pro session offers players a unique opportunity to blend coached match play with real-time feedback and strategic insights from a Picklr Pro. Designed for players progressing through the Picklr Pathway, this program focuses on situational awareness, shot selection, and court positioning during live play.
Players rotate partners and opponents while receiving on-court guidance from the Pro, including between-point coaching, shot recommendations, and tactical adjustments. This format bridges the gap between drilling and competitive play, accelerating player growth in a supportive, game-based environment.
Cost:
Members: $50
Non-Members: $50
No Booking Pass permitted
Note: This session is designed for 3 players on 1 court with the pro playing alongside each player. If fewer than 3 players are registered 24 hours before start time, the class may be canceled
Cancellation / No-Show Policy:
Cancellations must be made at least 72 hours in advance. No Refund after 72 hours.
Beginner ClinicGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Play With A Pro 3.5 - 4.0Ready to move up to the advanced 4.0 level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
P-Series - P3 Play with a Pro 3.75 BelowThe P3 Play with the Pro session offers players a unique opportunity to blend coached match play with real-time feedback and strategic insights from a Picklr Pro. Designed for players progressing through the Picklr Pathway, this program focuses on situational awareness, shot selection, and court positioning during live play.
Players rotate partners and opponents while receiving on-court guidance from the Pro, including between-point coaching, shot recommendations, and tactical adjustments. This format bridges the gap between drilling and competitive play, accelerating player growth in a supportive, game-based environment.
Cost:
Members: $50
Non-Members: $50
No Booking Pass permitted
Note: This session is designed for 3 players on 1 court with the pro playing alongside each player. If fewer than 3 players are registered 24 hours before start time, the class may be canceled
Cancellation / No-Show Policy:
Cancellations must be made at least 72 hours in advance. No Refund after 72 hours.
NEW - Partner Strategy ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
NO PARTNER NEEDED.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
5. Speedups and Counters
This session will be dedicated to understanding the nuances of speedups and how they could be utilized to generate a pop-up for you to smash. This will also focus on the different ways to handle each type of speedup so you can punish your opponent for doing so.
6. Playing “Fast” and Poaching
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to adapt your game to your opponents if you are struggling to safely transition to the non-volley-zone line.
7. Offensive Lobs and Retrieving Lobs
This session will be dedicated to applying pressure with lobs so you can push your opponents back off the non-volley-zone line and gain an advantage in the point. It will also focus on how to handle situations where you are lobbed and need to re-transition to the non-volley-zone line.
P Series - Guided Gameplay 3.75 BelowP Series - Guided Gameplay is a structured, coach-led session designed to help players improve through live gameplay, strategy instruction, and real-time feedback. Unlike open play, Guided Gameplay combines competitive games with coaching support to develop shot selection, court positioning, communication, and overall game awareness in a fun and social environment.
Players rotate through organized matches while the coach actively participates and observes play, providing tactical adjustments and personalized feedback throughout the session. The focus is on improving consistency, decision-making, teamwork, and confidence in match situations.
Perfect for players looking to bridge the gap between drills and real-game performance, Guided Gameplay creates a supportive environment where players can learn, compete, and elevate their game together.
Cost
Members: $45
Non-Members: $45
Booking passes is not permitted for this program.
Program Format
4 players per court
The pro plays alongside participants during gameplay
Personalized coaching and feedback throughout the session
Minimum Enrollment
This session requires a minimum of 4 players. If fewer than 4 players are registered 24 hours prior to the start time, the session may be canceled.
Cancellation / No-Show Policy
Cancellations must be made at least 72 hours before the session start time. No refunds will be issued for cancellations made within 72 hours of the session.
Cardio/Drill Pickleball Class with Coach Cami🔥 Get Ready for the Ultimate Workout at Pickleball HQ! 🔥
Join us for Cardio/Drill Pickleball Class — a high-energy, fast-paced fitness session that blends the thrill
of Pickleball with heart-pumping cardio drills. Whether you’re looking to sharpen your skills on the court or
just want a fun way to stay fit, this class will push your agility, endurance, and overall fitness to the next level.
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
Play With Coach Ellen ClinicPLAY WITH COACH ELLEN
come play with coach Ellen, she will instruct you while you are playing
$35.00 per person
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
BKPT Practice By Jessie (BKPT Member Only)BKPT Practice
BKPT Members Only
Members FREE | Non-Members $40
Description
This dedicated practice session is exclusively for members of the Brooklyn Pickleball Team (BKPT) Program and is offered as part of our partnership with BKPT. Players will have access to reserved court time in a structured team practice environment designed to help build chemistry, sharpen skills, and prepare for league and competitive play.
We’re excited to support the BKPT community by providing a special partner rate and a consistent home for team training.
Best Fit for This Session
This session is intended exclusively for registered BKPT Team members. Players should be prepared for organized drills, match play, and competitive practice with fellow team members.
How Games Run
Practice format will be determined by BKPT leadership and may include drills, situational play, team strategy work, challenge matches, and structured games. This is a dedicated team practice rather than a standard open play session.
Before You Arrive
Bring athletic gear, clean court shoes, and your paddle. Need one? Paddle rentals and balls are available on site. Please arrive 10 minutes early for check-in.
Snacks, drinks, and water refills are also available on site.
Cancellation Details
Cancellations made 24+ hours in advance receive a full refund as an account credit. Late cancellations and no-shows are non-refundable.
If we cancel the session due to low registration or other reasons, your refund will be sent back to your original payment method within 3–5 business days. All other refunds are issued as account credit.
49 Ash St ste 1, Brooklyn, NY 11222, United States
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
[BEGINNER] Coach Guided Open PlayHave a coach watch and guide you during open play. Our coaches will provide tips and tricks on the spot as you play. Fun and easy way to learn basic match play tactics. Recommended for people who have played pickleball at <3.5 level, or have played less than 6 months.
Refunds will be offered as club credits if cancelled at least 24 hours prior to the start of the event. If cancelled within 24 hours of the start of the event, no refunds will be offered.
Please note, these sessions do include balls to use, but not paddles. We offer separately paddles for rent and for sale.
456 Nordhoff Place, Englewood, NJ 07631, United States
Intermediate Drills with Coach Martin | 3.0-3.5Intermediate Drills with Coach Martin | 3.0-3.5
Members $60 | Non-Members $75
Description
Led by Coach Martin, this clinic focuses on offensive opportunities at the kitchen line and the positioning skills needed to capitalize on them.
Players will learn when and how to speed up the ball effectively, explore Erne opportunities and setups, and develop proper overhead positioning to finish points with confidence. The session emphasizes decision-making, timing, and court awareness in game-like situations.
Best Fit for This Session
This clinic is designed for players with a suggested DUPR of 3.0–3.5 who are comfortable with the fundamentals and ready to add more offensive tools to their game. You should be able to sustain dink rallies, execute basic drops and resets, and understand standard doubles positioning.
If you are still working on basic shot consistency or learning foundational strategy, our beginner or lower-intermediate clinics may be a better fit first.
How Games Run
This is a coach-led instructional clinic featuring targeted drills, skill-building exercises, and guided gameplay. Coach Martin will provide personalized feedback throughout the session to help players improve shot selection, court positioning, and offensive decision-making. Players can expect a combination of drilling, situational exercises, and live play focused on applying the skills being taught.
Before You Arrive
Bring athletic gear, clean court shoes, and your paddle. Need one? Paddle rentals and balls are available on site. Please arrive 10 minutes early for check-in.
Snacks, drinks, and water refills are also available on site.
Cancellation Details
Cancellations made 24+ hours in advance receive a full refund as an account credit. Late cancellations and no-shows are non-refundable.
If we cancel the session due to low registration or other reasons, your refund will be sent back to your original payment method within 3–5 business days. All other refunds are issued as account credit.
49 Ash St ste 1, Brooklyn, NY 11222, United States
[BEGINNER] Coach Guided Open PlayHave a coach watch and guide you during open play. Our coaches will provide tips and tricks on the spot as you play. Fun and easy way to learn basic match play tactics. Recommended for people who have played pickleball at <3.5 level, or have played less than 6 months.
Refunds will be offered as club credits if cancelled at least 24 hours prior to the start of the event. If cancelled within 24 hours of the start of the event, no refunds will be offered.
Please note, these sessions do include balls to use, but not paddles. We offer separately paddles for rent and for sale.
456 Nordhoff Place, Englewood, NJ 07631, United States
NEW - Partner Strategy ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
NO PARTNER NEEDED.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
5. Speedups and Counters
This session will be dedicated to understanding the nuances of speedups and how they could be utilized to generate a pop-up for you to smash. This will also focus on the different ways to handle each type of speedup so you can punish your opponent for doing so.
6. Playing “Fast” and Poaching
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to adapt your game to your opponents if you are struggling to safely transition to the non-volley-zone line.
7. Offensive Lobs and Retrieving Lobs
This session will be dedicated to applying pressure with lobs so you can push your opponents back off the non-volley-zone line and gain an advantage in the point. It will also focus on how to handle situations where you are lobbed and need to re-transition to the non-volley-zone line.
Cardio/Drill Pickleball Class with Coach Cami🔥 Get Ready for the Ultimate Workout at Pickleball HQ! 🔥
Join us for Cardio/Drill Pickleball Class — a high-energy, fast-paced fitness session that blends the thrill
of Pickleball with heart-pumping cardio drills. Whether you’re looking to sharpen your skills on the court or
just want a fun way to stay fit, this class will push your agility, endurance, and overall fitness to the next level.
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
Summer Camp Week 10 Morning SessionSummer Camp for children ages 7 to 13 years of age. Children will be offered three hours of pickleball, instruction and fun activities in a structured and air-conditioned facility. Children must be picked up and dropped off at the facility. Make up days or refunds for missed days will not be permitted. All participants must wear proper sneakers. Children should be sent with a snack and refillable water bottle.
Bell Works, 101 Crawfords Corner Road, Holmdel, NJ 07733, USA
NEW- Build Your Own Pro+3 - 90minsBuild Your Own Pro+3
Customize your Pro+3 by selecting the players and and skill areas on which you'd like pointers.
Just tell your friends to register or add guests.
It is a DRILL, with a casa Coach:table_tennis_paddle_and_ball: This is a DRILL
Every Tuesday | 10:00 AM – 11:00 AM
Looking to build consistency and improve your game one skill at a time? Join us every Tuesday for Drill of the Week, where a Casa Pickle Coach breaks down one essential pickleball drill designed to help you become a stronger, smarter player.
Each session focuses on a single skill, allowing you to understand the purpose of the drill, proper technique, and how to apply it during match play.
Session Format
10:00 – 10:30 AM
Coach demonstration and instruction
Technique breakdown
Strategy and common mistakes
Q&A
10:30 – 11:00 AM
Guided player practice with coach feedback and corrections - Coach will observe not play.
11:00 AM – 12:00 PM
:tada: Complimentary Open Play - no coach present
Stay and put your newly learned skills into action during one hour of free Open Play.
8-Week Drill Rotation
Week 1: Third Shot Drop Consistency
Week 2: Dinking Control & Placement
Week 3: Volley Reflexes & Hand Speed
Week 4: Serve & Return Accuracy
Week 5: Transition Zone Footwork & Resets
Week 6: Crosscourt Dinking & Patience
Week 7: Lob Defense & Overhead Smashes
Week 8: Crazy Angles
The rotation repeats every eight weeks with new coaching tips, progressions, and advanced variations.
Pricing
:gem: Diamond Members: $5
:first_place_medal: Gold Members: $6
:admission_tickets: Visitors: $10
Capacity
Minimum: 4 players
Maximum: 12 players
SUMMER BOOT CAMP PICKLEBALL TRAINING WITH COACH CAMISUMMER BOOT CAMP PICKLEBALL TRAINING WITH COACH CAMI
THIS IS FOR INTERMEDIATE SKILLED LEVEL PLAYERS
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
Coach Guided Open PlayGreat opportunity to continue learning and gain the confidence to play in Open Plays.
Our coach will guide the group through the open play format providing game and shot tips as you play!
Come join all the social fun of Open Plays!!!
Coach Guided Open PlayGreat opportunity to continue learning and gain the confidence to play in Open Plays.
Our coach will guide the group through the open play format providing game and shot tips as you play!
Come join all the social fun of Open Plays!!!
Summer Camp Week 10 Afternoon SessionSummer Camp for children ages 7 to 13 years of age. Children will be offered three hours of pickleball, instruction and fun activities in a structured and air-conditioned facility. Children must be picked up and dropped off at the facility. Make up days or refunds for missed days will not be permitted. All participants must wear proper sneakers. Children should be sent with a snack and refillable water bottle.
Bell Works, 101 Crawfords Corner Road, Holmdel, NJ 07733, USA
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
Play With A Pro 3.5 - 4.0Ready to move up to the advanced 4.0 level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
3 and me with Bernard🏓 3 & Me
🧑🏫 Coach
Led by Coach Bernard, a certified pickleball instructor known for developing player confidence and game IQ. His teaching style blends technical precision with in-game adaptability, making each session both challenging and enjoyable.
✨ What Makes It Special
“3 & Me” brings players together in a unique small-group coaching format — three players paired with one experienced coach. This structure creates the perfect balance between personalized attention and dynamic, game-based play.
🎯 Who Is It For
Intermediate+ players looking to level up through focused, small-group coaching.
🔍 Primary Focus
This session is built around real-game scenarios, helping players improve:
• Strategy and shot selection
• Teamwork and court awareness
• Consistency under pressure
The goal is to elevate both individual technique and group coordination.
👀 What to Expect
Players will practice doubles formations, third-shot setups, and transition play while receiving immediate, tactical feedback from the coach during live play.
⏱️ Duration
Each 3 & Me session runs for 60 minutes, offering the ideal balance between focused instruction and match-style play.
Play With a Pro +3 Rising Intermediate 3.0 (1.5 hrs)Play with a Pro (1.5 hour): 3 Participants will play out points/games with the coach playing in. Each session will have a specific focus (e.g. court position; shot patterns) but feedback on all aspects of the game will be given throughout the session. This enables students to learn real time what they can do to improve their game and to better understand what might be holding them back. This works best if people sign up for the right level and/or with others they know are at a similar level as them.
Recommended rating to join this session is 2.8-3.3
Skills & Drills 60minsGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
P-Series - P3 Play with a Pro 3.75 BelowThe P3 Play with the Pro session offers players a unique opportunity to blend coached match play with real-time feedback and strategic insights from a Picklr Pro. Designed for players progressing through the Picklr Pathway, this program focuses on situational awareness, shot selection, and court positioning during live play.
Players rotate partners and opponents while receiving on-court guidance from the Pro, including between-point coaching, shot recommendations, and tactical adjustments. This format bridges the gap between drilling and competitive play, accelerating player growth in a supportive, game-based environment.
Cost:
Members: $50
Non-Members: $50
No Booking Pass permitted
Note: This session is designed for 3 players on 1 court with the pro playing alongside each player. If fewer than 3 players are registered 24 hours before start time, the class may be canceled
Cancellation / No-Show Policy:
Cancellations must be made at least 72 hours in advance. No Refund after 72 hours.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
SUMMER BOOT CAMP PICKLEBALL TRAINING WITH COACH CAMISUMMER BOOT CAMP PICKLEBALL TRAINING WITH COACH CAMI
THIS IS FOR INTERMEDIATE SKILLED LEVEL PLAYERS
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
3 and me with Bernard🏓 3 & Me
🧑🏫 Coach
Led by Coach Bernard, a certified pickleball instructor known for developing player confidence and game IQ. His teaching style blends technical precision with in-game adaptability, making each session both challenging and enjoyable.
✨ What Makes It Special
“3 & Me” brings players together in a unique small-group coaching format — three players paired with one experienced coach. This structure creates the perfect balance between personalized attention and dynamic, game-based play.
🎯 Who Is It For
Intermediate+ players looking to level up through focused, small-group coaching.
🔍 Primary Focus
This session is built around real-game scenarios, helping players improve:
• Strategy and shot selection
• Teamwork and court awareness
• Consistency under pressure
The goal is to elevate both individual technique and group coordination.
👀 What to Expect
Players will practice doubles formations, third-shot setups, and transition play while receiving immediate, tactical feedback from the coach during live play.
⏱️ Duration
Each 3 & Me session runs for 60 minutes, offering the ideal balance between focused instruction and match-style play.
NEW - Partner Strategy ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
P Series - Guided Gameplay 3.75 BelowP Series - Guided Gameplay is a structured, coach-led session designed to help players improve through live gameplay, strategy instruction, and real-time feedback. Unlike open play, Guided Gameplay combines competitive games with coaching support to develop shot selection, court positioning, communication, and overall game awareness in a fun and social environment.
Players rotate through organized matches while the coach actively participates and observes play, providing tactical adjustments and personalized feedback throughout the session. The focus is on improving consistency, decision-making, teamwork, and confidence in match situations.
Perfect for players looking to bridge the gap between drills and real-game performance, Guided Gameplay creates a supportive environment where players can learn, compete, and elevate their game together.
Cost
Members: $45
Non-Members: $45
Booking passes is not permitted for this program.
Program Format
4 players per court
The pro plays alongside participants during gameplay
Personalized coaching and feedback throughout the session
Minimum Enrollment
This session requires a minimum of 4 players. If fewer than 4 players are registered 24 hours prior to the start time, the session may be canceled.
Cancellation / No-Show Policy
Cancellations must be made at least 72 hours before the session start time. No refunds will be issued for cancellations made within 72 hours of the session.
Intro to Pickleball with Coach SzeIntro to Pickleball
$40
*GREENPOINT RESIDENTS PLAY FREE WITH VALID ID*
Session will be refunded as club credit for Greenpoint residents
Share This Event Link To Friends And Join Together: https://app.courtreserve.com/Online/Events/Public/17550/2124319
Description
Curious about pickleball? This small group, beginner-friendly clinic is the perfect place to start. Led by Coach Sze, this introductory session is designed for players with little to no pickleball experience and provides a fun, supportive environment to learn the fundamentals of the fastest-growing sport in the country.
Players will be introduced to the basic rules, scoring, court positioning, and essential shots needed to start playing with confidence. No prior experience is required.
Best Fit for This Session
This clinic is designed specifically for brand-new players and beginners. If you've never played pickleball before, have only played a few times, or are looking for a structured introduction to the game, this session is for you.
No pickleball experience is necessary, and all questions are welcome.
How Games Run
This is a coach-led instructional clinic featuring demonstrations, skill-building drills, and guided gameplay.
* Coach Lynn will introduce the core fundamentals of pickleball.
* Learn serving, returning, dinking, volleying, scoring, and court positioning.
* Participate in skill-building drills designed for beginners.
* Practice each skill before applying it in beginner-friendly games.
* Receive instruction, feedback, and guidance throughout the session.
* Paddles will be provided for all participants.
Simply show up ready to learn, improve, and have fun.
Before You Arrive
Bring athletic gear and clean court shoes. Paddles and balls will be provided for this session. Please arrive 10 minutes early for check-in.
Snacks, drinks, and water refills are also available on site.
Cancellation Details
Cancellations made 24+ hours in advance receive a full refund as an account credit. Late cancellations and no-shows are non-refundable.
If we cancel the session due to low registration or other reasons, your refund will be sent back to your original payment method within 3–5 business days. All other refunds are issued as account credit.
49 Ash St ste 1, Brooklyn, NY 11222, United States
Summer Camp Week 10 Morning SessionSummer Camp for children ages 7 to 13 years of age. Children will be offered three hours of pickleball, instruction and fun activities in a structured and air-conditioned facility. Children must be picked up and dropped off at the facility. Make up days or refunds for missed days will not be permitted. All participants must wear proper sneakers. Children should be sent with a snack and refillable water bottle.
Bell Works, 101 Crawfords Corner Road, Holmdel, NJ 07733, USA
Play With A Pro 3.5 - 4.0Ready to move up to the advanced 4.0 level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Experienced Beginner level (2.0-3.0)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Experienced Beginner level (2.0-3.0)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Play With A Pro 3.0 - 3.5Ready to move up to the High Intermediate 3.5+ level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
Summer Camp Week 10 Afternoon SessionSummer Camp for children ages 7 to 13 years of age. Children will be offered three hours of pickleball, instruction and fun activities in a structured and air-conditioned facility. Children must be picked up and dropped off at the facility. Make up days or refunds for missed days will not be permitted. All participants must wear proper sneakers. Children should be sent with a snack and refillable water bottle.
Bell Works, 101 Crawfords Corner Road, Holmdel, NJ 07733, USA
NEW - PARTNER STRATEGY ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
Intro to PickleballThis 90 minute clinic will focus on the rules of the game, scoring, positioning, serving/receiving and general strokes. All these will be learned in a fun, interactive setting and put into game play the ladder half of the session.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Beginner ClinicGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
NEW - Partner Strategy ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
5. Speedups and Counters
This session will be dedicated to understanding the nuances of speedups and how they could be utilized to generate a pop-up for you to smash. This will also focus on the different ways to handle each type of speedup so you can punish your opponent for doing so.
6. Playing “Fast” and Poaching
Play With Coach Ellen ClinicPLAY WITH COACH ELLEN
come play with coach Ellen, she will instruct you while you are playing
$35.00 per person
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
3 and me with Bernard🏓 3 & Me
🧑🏫 Coach
Led by Coach Bernard, a certified pickleball instructor known for developing player confidence and game IQ. His teaching style blends technical precision with in-game adaptability, making each session both challenging and enjoyable.
✨ What Makes It Special
“3 & Me” brings players together in a unique small-group coaching format — three players paired with one experienced coach. This structure creates the perfect balance between personalized attention and dynamic, game-based play.
🎯 Who Is It For
Intermediate+ players looking to level up through focused, small-group coaching.
🔍 Primary Focus
This session is built around real-game scenarios, helping players improve:
• Strategy and shot selection
• Teamwork and court awareness
• Consistency under pressure
The goal is to elevate both individual technique and group coordination.
👀 What to Expect
Players will practice doubles formations, third-shot setups, and transition play while receiving immediate, tactical feedback from the coach during live play.
⏱️ Duration
Each 3 & Me session runs for 60 minutes, offering the ideal balance between focused instruction and match-style play.
[INTERMEDIATE] Coach Guided Open Play (5:30pm)Have a coach watch and guide you during open play. Our coaches will provide tips and tricks on the spot as you play. Fun and easy way to learn basic match play tactics. Recommended for people who have played pickleball at <3.5 level, or have played less than 6 months.
Refunds will be offered as club credits if cancelled at least 24 hours prior to the start of the event. If cancelled within 24 hours of the start of the event, no refunds will be offered.
Please note, these sessions do include balls to use, but not paddles. We offer separately paddles for rent and for sale.
456 Nordhoff Place, Englewood, NJ 07631, United States
4 Week Clinic for IntermediateABOUT
This 4-week clinic series is for Intermediate players who are ready to take their game to the next level.
Clinic Schedule
With our coach and 4 other students, you’ll learn the following:
Week 1: how to reliably get to the kitchen (serves, drives, drops, drips, resets)
Week 2: how to stop your opponents getting to the kitchen (returns, 4th shot decision making, drive tolerance, flicks/rolls)
Week 3: How to win once you’re at the kitchen (speedups + dinking patterns)
Week 4: How to be ready for your opponents game plan in the kitchen. (Counters + dinking patterns+ finishing pieces)
Each class will be 1.5 hours long, with a combination of coach-guided drills and demonstrations!
If you were to sign up, it is a commitment to the 4-Week clinic series. If you cannot attend a class, please let your coach know before hand.
Cancellation Policy: Full refund with cancellations over 48+ hours before the start time of the event.
Pickleball coaching for Advanced Intermediate / Advanced trainingExisting trainees receive 10% for enrolling again, call us to receive account credit.
Coaching for Advanced Intermediate / advnaced training for DUPR >=3.5
60 min sessions
4 session package
Continue to hone in on the skills.
Spend dedicated 60 minutes with the coach on the court.
We can also customize a training program as per your needs.
Please feel free to call or speak with the coach during your session.
[INTERMEDIATE] Coach Guided Open Play (6:30pm)Have a coach watch and guide you during open play. Our coaches will provide tips and tricks on the spot as you play. Fun and easy way to learn basic match play tactics. Recommended for people who have played pickleball at <3.5 level, or have played less than 6 months.
Refunds will be offered as club credits if cancelled at least 24 hours prior to the start of the event. If cancelled within 24 hours of the start of the event, no refunds will be offered.
Please note, these sessions do include balls to use, but not paddles. We offer separately paddles for rent and for sale.
456 Nordhoff Place, Englewood, NJ 07631, United States
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
Summer Camp Week 10 Morning SessionSummer Camp for children ages 7 to 13 years of age. Children will be offered three hours of pickleball, instruction and fun activities in a structured and air-conditioned facility. Children must be picked up and dropped off at the facility. Make up days or refunds for missed days will not be permitted. All participants must wear proper sneakers. Children should be sent with a snack and refillable water bottle.
Bell Works, 101 Crawfords Corner Road, Holmdel, NJ 07733, USA
Clinic Series - Path to 3.5: Playing with StrategyClinic Series - Path to 3.5: Playing with Strategy
Ever feel like you’re hitting solid shots but still losing points you should be winning? This six-week series will teach you how to play with intention instead of reacting. You’ll learn how to control the point from the serve and return, take command of the kitchen line, and place the ball to create pressure and force errors—so you’re dictating play rather than hoping for a mistake.Prerequisites: You should be able to execute basic shots (serve, return, drive, drop, volley, and dink) with some consistency or have completed Path to Intermediate Level 1. If you are unsure if this series is the right fit, please reach out.Our clinics are based on a curriculum developed by theRacket Professional Organization (RPO), founded by Collin Johns, who many consider to be one of the world's best pickleball coaches. Our excellent team of coaches has been trained in the RPO method, and we think you will find it to be game-changing in terms of the quality of instruction.
Max per class: 4
Cancellation policy:Because of the challenge of finding a last minute replacement for a clinic series, cancellations must be made at least 3 days prior to the start of the first session.
Cancellation for low enrollment: The clinic series will be cancelled for low enrollment if it does not have at least 3 registered participants prior to the first class
Skills & Drills 60minsGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Summer Camp Week 10 Afternoon SessionSummer Camp for children ages 7 to 13 years of age. Children will be offered three hours of pickleball, instruction and fun activities in a structured and air-conditioned facility. Children must be picked up and dropped off at the facility. Make up days or refunds for missed days will not be permitted. All participants must wear proper sneakers. Children should be sent with a snack and refillable water bottle.
Bell Works, 101 Crawfords Corner Road, Holmdel, NJ 07733, USA
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Guided Play with Mark & ElaineGuided Play with Mark & Elaine
Age: All Ages
Level: Beginner & Intermediate
Receive personalized one-on-one coaching during live play.
Get real-time feedback on strategy, positioning, and shot selection.
Learn smarter decision-making in actual game situations.
Improve your skills faster while playing in a fun and supportive environment.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
P-Series - P3 Play with a Pro 3.75 BelowThe P3 Play with the Pro session offers players a unique opportunity to blend coached match play with real-time feedback and strategic insights from a Picklr Pro. Designed for players progressing through the Picklr Pathway, this program focuses on situational awareness, shot selection, and court positioning during live play.
Players rotate partners and opponents while receiving on-court guidance from the Pro, including between-point coaching, shot recommendations, and tactical adjustments. This format bridges the gap between drilling and competitive play, accelerating player growth in a supportive, game-based environment.
Cost:
Members: $50
Non-Members: $50
No Booking Pass permitted
Note: This session is designed for 3 players on 1 court with the pro playing alongside each player. If fewer than 3 players are registered 24 hours before start time, the class may be canceled
Cancellation / No-Show Policy:
Cancellations must be made at least 72 hours in advance. No Refund after 72 hours.
P Series - Guided Gameplay 3.75 BelowP Series - Guided Gameplay is a structured, coach-led session designed to help players improve through live gameplay, strategy instruction, and real-time feedback. Unlike open play, Guided Gameplay combines competitive games with coaching support to develop shot selection, court positioning, communication, and overall game awareness in a fun and social environment.
Players rotate through organized matches while the coach actively participates and observes play, providing tactical adjustments and personalized feedback throughout the session. The focus is on improving consistency, decision-making, teamwork, and confidence in match situations.
Perfect for players looking to bridge the gap between drills and real-game performance, Guided Gameplay creates a supportive environment where players can learn, compete, and elevate their game together.
Cost
Members: $45
Non-Members: $45
Booking passes is not permitted for this program.
Program Format
4 players per court
The pro plays alongside participants during gameplay
Personalized coaching and feedback throughout the session
Minimum Enrollment
This session requires a minimum of 4 players. If fewer than 4 players are registered 24 hours prior to the start time, the session may be canceled.
Cancellation / No-Show Policy
Cancellations must be made at least 72 hours before the session start time. No refunds will be issued for cancellations made within 72 hours of the session.
NEW - Partner Strategy ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
5. Speedups and Counters
This session will be dedicated to understanding the nuances of speedups and how they could be utilized to generate a pop-up for you to smash. This will also focus on the different ways to handle each type of speedup so you can punish your opponent for doing so.
6. Playing “Fast” and Poaching
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to adapt your game to your opponents if you are struggling to safely transition to the non-volley-zone line.
7. Offensive Lobs and Retrieving Lobs
This session will be dedicated to applying pressure with lobs so you can push your opponents back off the non-volley-zone line and gain an advantage in the point. It will also focus on how to handle situations where you are lobbed and need to re-transition to the non-volley-zone line.
Cardio/Drill Pickleball Class with Coach Cami🔥 Get Ready for the Ultimate Workout at Pickleball HQ! 🔥
Join us for Cardio/Drill Pickleball Class — a high-energy, fast-paced fitness session that blends the thrill
of Pickleball with heart-pumping cardio drills. Whether you’re looking to sharpen your skills on the court or
just want a fun way to stay fit, this class will push your agility, endurance, and overall fitness to the next level.
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
Adult Beginner Full Clinic - 6 Weeks ClinicLearn the foundation for pickleball, such as the basic skills and techniques for playing the game.
Duration: 6 sessions, 6 weeks
Age: 18+
Levels: Beginner/Advanced Beginner
Paddles will be provided
Weekly Lesson:
Week 1 - Non-Volley Zone Fundamentals
Week 2 - Serving & Returning Basics
Week 3 - Transition Zone Fundamentals
Week 4 - Groundstroke Foundations
Week 5 - Court Positioning & Team Chemistry
Week 6 - Game Play Tactics & Strategy
P Series - Guided Gameplay 3.75 BelowP Series - Guided Gameplay is a structured, coach-led session designed to help players improve through live gameplay, strategy instruction, and real-time feedback. Unlike open play, Guided Gameplay combines competitive games with coaching support to develop shot selection, court positioning, communication, and overall game awareness in a fun and social environment.
Players rotate through organized matches while the coach actively participates and observes play, providing tactical adjustments and personalized feedback throughout the session. The focus is on improving consistency, decision-making, teamwork, and confidence in match situations.
Perfect for players looking to bridge the gap between drills and real-game performance, Guided Gameplay creates a supportive environment where players can learn, compete, and elevate their game together.
Cost
Members: $45
Non-Members: $45
Booking passes is not permitted for this program.
Program Format
4 players per court
The pro plays alongside participants during gameplay
Personalized coaching and feedback throughout the session
Minimum Enrollment
This session requires a minimum of 4 players. If fewer than 4 players are registered 24 hours prior to the start time, the session may be canceled.
Cancellation / No-Show Policy
Cancellations must be made at least 72 hours before the session start time. No refunds will be issued for cancellations made within 72 hours of the session.
Ready, Set, Reset! Advanced Beginner Clinic with Coach SzeReady, Set, Reset! Advanced Beginner Clinic with Coach Sze
Members $60 | Non-Members $75
Description
Join Coach Sze for a small-group clinic designed for newer players who are starting to feel comfortable with the basics and are ready to level up their game. This session focuses on practical skills, simple strategy improvements, and key habits that help beginners transition into more confident, consistent players.
Players will receive hands-on guidance, live feedback, and targeted instruction to help improve shot execution, court awareness, and overall decision-making.
Best Fit for This Session
This clinic is designed for advanced beginners who already understand the basic rules of pickleball and have some experience playing full games.
You should be comfortable with scoring and able to sustain short rallies. This session is ideal if you're ready to move beyond just “getting the ball in” and start learning how to play with more control, intention, and consistency.
If you are brand new to pickleball, a beginner intro clinic may be a better starting point.
How Games Run
* Small-group clinic format led by Coach Sze.
* Focus on drills, live-ball repetition, and guided gameplay.
* Maximum 6 players per court.
* Emphasis on improving core skills such as dinking, serving consistency, return of serve, and basic positioning.
* Coach Sze will provide real-time corrections, tips, and simple tactical guidance throughout the session.
* Players will rotate frequently through drill stations and point-play scenarios.
This is a development-focused session designed to build confidence and reinforce strong fundamentals through repetition and coaching feedback.
Before You Arrive
Bring athletic gear, clean court shoes, and your paddle. Need one? Paddle rentals and balls are available on site. Please arrive 10 minutes early for check-in.
Snacks, drinks, and water refills are also available on site.
Cancellation Details
Cancellations made 24+ hours in advance receive a full refund as an account credit. Late cancellations and no-shows are non-refundable.
If we cancel the session due to low registration or other reasons, your refund will be sent back to your original payment method within 3–5 business days. All other refunds are issued as account credit.
49 Ash St ste 1, Brooklyn, NY 11222, United States
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
OpenPlay 3 hrs weekendOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Summer Camp Week 10 Morning SessionSummer Camp for children ages 7 to 13 years of age. Children will be offered three hours of pickleball, instruction and fun activities in a structured and air-conditioned facility. Children must be picked up and dropped off at the facility. Make up days or refunds for missed days will not be permitted. All participants must wear proper sneakers. Children should be sent with a snack and refillable water bottle.
Bell Works, 101 Crawfords Corner Road, Holmdel, NJ 07733, USA
Coach Office HoursFor years, New York City’s coaching community has talked about creating a place where
coaches could simply be coaches.
A place to exchange ideas instead of guarding them.
To challenge one another, refine the way we teach, and then spend the second hour doing what
brought us here in the first place—playing.
Office Hours is that place.
This is a standing two-hour session created exclusively for pickleball coaches. Whether you
coach full-time or part-time, at a club or independently, you’re invited to spend two hours with
people who care as much about the craft as you do.
This is intentionally coaches only.
No lessons. No drop-ins. No exceptions.
Just coaches investing in coaches.
9:00–10:00 AM | Build Better Coaches
The first hour is dedicated entirely to learning from one another.
Court One — Clinic Lab
Share a clinic, progression, game, or teaching concept that’s genuinely worked for you.
Bring your favorite warm-up. Explain how you teach a skill. Demonstrate games your players
ask for every week. Workshop new programming. Leave with ideas you’ll use in your very next
clinic.
Steal responsibly.
Court Two — Drill Lab
A working court devoted entirely to drilling.
Refine patterns. Test new progressions. Experiment with drills before introducing them to
students. Sometimes another coach sees the one detail you’ve been missing.
Probably your feed.
10:00–11:00 AM | Coaches Play
The second hour belongs on the court.
Court One
4-on, 4-off Open Play
Court Two
Challenge Court — Winners Stay
Compete with and against coaches you rarely get to play with. Test ideas under pressure. Meet
coaches from other clubs. Build relationships that make New York’s coaching community
stronger.
Game sharpening game, taking nothing personally.
49 Ash St ste 1, Brooklyn, NY 11222, United States
Beginner ClinicThis 60 minute clinic will focus on stroke technique and building confidence on the court while also re-emphasizing rules, positioning, etc.
Intro to PickleballThis 90 minute clinic will focus on the rules of the game, scoring, positioning, serving/receiving and general strokes. All these will be learned in a fun, interactive setting and put into game play the ladder half of the session.
Skills & Drills 60minsGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Summer Camp Week 10 Afternoon SessionSummer Camp for children ages 7 to 13 years of age. Children will be offered three hours of pickleball, instruction and fun activities in a structured and air-conditioned facility. Children must be picked up and dropped off at the facility. Make up days or refunds for missed days will not be permitted. All participants must wear proper sneakers. Children should be sent with a snack and refillable water bottle.
Bell Works, 101 Crawfords Corner Road, Holmdel, NJ 07733, USA
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
Skills & Drills 60minsGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
3.5+ Drills and Dinks Session By ArthurDinking & Drills
Members FREE | Non-Members $20
Description
Join Player Advisor Arthur for a focused skill-building session featuring drills and other targeted training exercises designed to improve specific areas of your pickleball game. This session blends structured repetition with live-ball scenarios to help players build consistency, improve decision-making, and strengthen key technical skills.
Each session will emphasize intentional practice through high-rep drills and situational play, giving players clear feedback points and actionable improvements they can take into match play.
Best Fit for This Session
This session is recommended for players at a 3.5+ skill level who are comfortable with intermediate pickleball fundamentals and are ready to refine technique, improve shot quality, and develop more consistent execution under pressure.
Players should be familiar with scoring, doubles positioning, and core shots such as dinks, drives, volleys, and returns.
How Games Run
* Skill-focused drill session led by Player Advisor Arthur.
* Rotating drills and additional targeted skill exercises.
* Maximum 4 players per court.
* Emphasis on repetition, controlled practice, and situational live-ball scenarios.
* Players will rotate frequently to maximize reps and feedback opportunities.
This session is designed to help players build consistency and translate skills into match play.
Before You Arrive
Bring athletic gear, clean court shoes, and your paddle. Need one? Paddle rentals and balls are available on site. Please arrive 10 minutes early for check-in.
Snacks, drinks, and water refills are also available on site.
Cancellation Details
Cancellations made 8+ hours in advance receive a full refund as an account credit. Late cancellations and no-shows are non-refundable.
If we cancel the session due to low registration or other reasons, your refund will be sent back to your original payment method within 3–5 business days. All other refunds are issued as account credit.
49 Ash St ste 1, Brooklyn, NY 11222, United States
Beginner Drills with Coach Martin | 2.5-3.0Beginner Drills with Coach Martin | 2.5-3.0
Members $32 | Non-Members $40
Description
Drop into Coach Martin’s Office Hours for a focused beginner drill session designed to help players sharpen specific skills and improve overall consistency. This is a structured, high-rep training environment where players can work on targeted areas of their game with direct feedback from a coach.
Each session is adaptable based on player needs, allowing for personalized corrections, repetition-based learning, and guided improvement in key shot categories.
Best Fit for This Session
This session is recommended for players with a 2.5-3.0 suggested DUPR who are comfortable with basic gameplay and are ready to refine technique and build consistency.
Players should understand scoring, doubles positioning, and core shots such as dinks, drives, volleys, drops, and returns. This is ideal for players looking to clean up mechanics and develop more reliable execution under pressure.
How Games Run
* Coach-led “office hours” style drill session with Coach Martin.
* Focus on targeted skill development based on player needs.
* Maximum 6 players per court.
* High-repetition drilling with immediate feedback and correction.
* Mix of structured drills and live-ball situational practice.
* Players may rotate through stations or focused drill groups depending on session focus.
This is a development-focused session designed to isolate specific skills and accelerate improvement through repetition and coaching feedback.
Before You Arrive
Bring athletic gear, clean court shoes, and your paddle. Need one? Paddle rentals and balls are available on site. Please arrive 10 minutes early for check-in.
Snacks, drinks, and water refills are also available on site.
Cancellation Details
Cancellations made 24+ hours in advance receive a full refund as an account credit. Late cancellations and no-shows are non-refundable.
If we cancel the session due to low registration or other reasons, your refund will be sent back to your original payment method within 3–5 business days. All other refunds are issued as account credit.
49 Ash St ste 1, Brooklyn, NY 11222, United States
SUMMER BOOT CAMP PICKLEBALL TRAINING WITH COACH CAMISUMMER BOOT CAMP PICKLEBALL TRAINING WITH COACH CAMI
THIS IS FOR INTERMEDIATE SKILLED LEVEL PLAYERS
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
Intermediate Drills with Coach Martin | 3.0-3.5Intermediate Drills with Coach Martin | 3.0-3.5
Members $32 | Non-Members $40
Description
Led by Coach Martin, this clinic focuses on offensive opportunities at the kitchen line and the positioning skills needed to capitalize on them.
Players will learn when and how to speed up the ball effectively, explore Erne opportunities and setups, and develop proper overhead positioning to finish points with confidence. The session emphasizes decision-making, timing, and court awareness in game-like situations.
Best Fit for This Session
This clinic is designed for players with a suggested DUPR of 3.0–3.5 who are comfortable with the fundamentals and ready to add more offensive tools to their game. You should be able to sustain dink rallies, execute basic drops and resets, and understand standard doubles positioning.
If you are still working on basic shot consistency or learning foundational strategy, our beginner or lower-intermediate clinics may be a better fit first.
How Games Run
This is a coach-led instructional clinic featuring targeted drills, skill-building exercises, and guided gameplay. Coach Martin will provide personalized feedback throughout the session to help players improve shot selection, court positioning, and offensive decision-making. Players can expect a combination of drilling, situational exercises, and live play focused on applying the skills being taught.
Before You Arrive
Bring athletic gear, clean court shoes, and your paddle. Need one? Paddle rentals and balls are available on site. Please arrive 10 minutes early for check-in.
Snacks, drinks, and water refills are also available on site.
Cancellation Details
Cancellations made 24+ hours in advance receive a full refund as an account credit. Late cancellations and no-shows are non-refundable.
If we cancel the session due to low registration or other reasons, your refund will be sent back to your original payment method within 3–5 business days. All other refunds are issued as account credit.
49 Ash St ste 1, Brooklyn, NY 11222, United States
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
From Zero to HeroWhat Makes It Special
“Zero to Hero” isn’t just a clinic — it’s a journey. It’s about turning doubt into discipline and turning every missed shot into motivation. Under Coach’s guidance, players experience the mindset, movement, and mastery that move them from casual play to confident competition.
Who this clinic is designed for
This program is built for players who are ready to level up — mentally and physically. Whether you’re new to structured training or fighting a plateau, this clinic gives you the tools and confidence to rise.
Primary Focus
The core focus is progress and purpose — developing consistency, positioning, and power while building a champion’s mindset. Every drill is designed to build toward real match readiness.
Moments where frustration turns into flow. That’s the magic of this clinic — every challenge has a breakthrough waiting just past it.
Duration
Each “Zero to Hero” session runs 2 hours — a deep dive into high-intensity training balanced with technical refinement and focused match play. If only one participant, one hour session with Free Open Play.
Ideal For
Players who crave growth, confidence, and transformation — anyone ready to rewrite their pickleball story from the ground up.
NEW - Partner Strategy ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
5. Speedups and Counters
This session will be dedicated to understanding the nuances of speedups and how they could be utilized to generate a pop-up for you to smash. This will also focus on the different ways to handle each type of speedup so you can punish your opponent for doing so.
6. Playing “Fast” and Poaching
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to adapt your game to your opponents if you are struggling to safely transition to the non-volley-zone line.
7. Offensive Lobs and Retrieving Lobs
This session will be dedicated to applying pressure with lobs so you can push your opponents back off the non-volley-zone line and gain an advantage in the point. It will also focus on how to handle situations where you are lobbed and need to re-transition to the non-volley-zone line.
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Intro to PickleballThis 90 minute clinic will focus on the rules of the game, scoring, positioning, serving/receiving and general strokes. All these will be learned in a fun, interactive setting and put into game play the ladder half of the session.
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
Beginner ClinicGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
OpenPlay 3 hrs weekendOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Coach Guided Open PlayGreat opportunity to continue learning and gain the confidence to play in Open Plays.
Our coach will guide the group through the open play format providing game and shot tips as you play!
Come join all the social fun of Open Plays!!!
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
From Zero to HeroWhat Makes It Special
“Zero to Hero” isn’t just a clinic — it’s a journey. It’s about turning doubt into discipline and turning every missed shot into motivation. Under Coach’s guidance, players experience the mindset, movement, and mastery that move them from casual play to confident competition.
Who this clinic is designed for
This program is built for players who are ready to level up — mentally and physically. Whether you’re new to structured training or fighting a plateau, this clinic gives you the tools and confidence to rise.
Primary Focus
The core focus is progress and purpose — developing consistency, positioning, and power while building a champion’s mindset. Every drill is designed to build toward real match readiness.
Moments where frustration turns into flow. That’s the magic of this clinic — every challenge has a breakthrough waiting just past it.
Duration
Each “Zero to Hero” session runs 2 hours — a deep dive into high-intensity training balanced with technical refinement and focused match play. If only one participant, one hour session with Free Open Play.
Ideal For
Players who crave growth, confidence, and transformation — anyone ready to rewrite their pickleball story from the ground up.
Adaptive Pickleball Clinic (All Ages) - 6 Weeks ClinicAdaptive Pickleball - Inclusion, Fitness & Social Engagement
The Standard Game is modified to teach people with physical, cognitive and developmental challenges.
6-Weeks Session
Age: 9+
Level: All Levels
Paddles will be provided
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Intermediate/Advanced 1/1 with James 4.8 rated DUPR instructorCome Learn with Our Instructor James Cannizzaro A 4.8 DUPR rated Player
* First He Will Evaluate You
Then See what you need to work on to get to the next level.
you Could be going over Drives, Dinks, Resets, Transitioning whatever it takes each person is different
far as the progression and what level you are at but Coach James will make
everything a Smooth and easy learning Experience for any level.
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
If event does not full of 3 participants, it will be cancelled.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
Hero 101Congratulations on completing your Zero to Hero class with Coach Deepak!
You’ve officially taken the first step in your pickleball journey and are now ready for Hero 101 with Coach Deepak. Join us this Sunday from 12:00 PM to 1:30 PM to continue building your skills, confidence, and understanding of the game. Reservations at Court Reserve.
We look forward to seeing you on the court and helping you continue your pickleball journey!
Intro to PickleballThis 90 minute clinic will focus on the rules of the game, scoring, positioning, serving/receiving and general strokes. All these will be learned in a fun, interactive setting and put into game play the ladder half of the session.
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Coach Guided Open PlayGreat opportunity to continue learning and gain the confidence to play in Open Plays.
Our coach will guide the group through the open play format providing game and shot tips as you play!
Come join all the social fun of Open Plays!!!
Beginner ClinicGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Summer Camp Week 11 Morning SessionSummer Camp for children ages 7 to 13 years of age. Children will be offered three hours of pickleball, instruction and fun activities in a structured and air-conditioned facility. Children must be picked up and dropped off at the facility. Make up days or refunds for missed days will not be permitted. All participants must wear proper sneakers. Children should be sent with a snack and refillable water bottle.
Bell Works, 101 Crawfords Corner Road, Holmdel, NJ 07733, USA
Kids Summer Pickleball Camp | Week 10IPX Brooklyn Summer Pickleball Camp
$499/week | Special Promotion: $449/week
Weekly sessions beginning June 29, 2026, through September 4, 2026
Description
Keep your kids active, learning, and having fun this summer at IPX Brooklyn Summer Pickleball Camp! Designed for ages 8–13, our 3-hour morning camp combines professional coaching, engaging games, and skill-building activities in a safe, welcoming environment.
Whether your child is picking up a paddle for the first time or already loves the game, our experienced coaches will group players appropriately and help each camper build confidence, improve fundamentals, and enjoy plenty of on-court action. Every day includes a mix of instruction, drills, team challenges, and fun pickleball games that keep campers engaged while developing athletic skills and sportsmanship.
Hosted inside our fully indoor, climate-controlled facility, campers can stay comfortable regardless of the weather while enjoying premium courts and a community-focused atmosphere. Our goal is to help every child make new friends, stay active, and leave each day excited to come back.
Best Fit for This Camp
This camp is open to children ages 8–13 of all experience levels. Whether they're looking to learn the basics, improve their skills, or simply have an active and fun summer experience, our coaches will tailor activities to each player's ability.
What to Expect
3-hour morning camp led by professional coaches
Weekly sessions from June 29 through September 4
Instruction, drills, games, and friendly competitions
Skill development for beginners through experienced players
Fun, inclusive, and community-focused environment
Indoor, climate-controlled courts
Water provided throughout the day
Campers may remain in our event lounge until 12:30 PM for pickup supervision
What to Bring
Please bring:
Athletic clothing
Clean court shoes
A paddle (limited rentals may be available if needed)
A packed snack or lunch and any additional beverages you'd like
Water will be provided throughout the camp.
Cancellation Details
Cancellations made 7 or more days before the start of camp will receive a full refund as account credit. Cancellations made within 7 days of the camp start date are non-refundable.
If IPX cancels a camp session for any reason, refunds will be issued to the original payment method within 3–5 business days.
49 Ash St ste 1, Brooklyn, NY 11222, United States
P-Series - P1 - Foundation
Fair Lawn | The PICKLR
P-Series - P1 - Foundation
The P1 Foundation program is designed to introduce players to the core fundamentals of pickleball. It serves as the starting point for new members, ensuring they develop a solid understanding of the game. This program provides structured lessons, skill assessments, and guided practice to help players build confidence and competence in pickleball.
Cost:
Members: $20 (Free with booking pass)
Non-Members: $40
Note: Academy classes are designed for 8 players across 2 courts. If fewer than 3 players are registered 24 hours before start time, the class may be cancelled and booking passes/credits will be refunded if applicable.
Cancellation / No-Show Policy: Cancellations must be made at least 24 hours in advance. Late cancellations or no-shows may incur a $10 fee.
Suggested Rating: 3.5
Very important: Members please use the booking pass option during checkout if you still have booking passes available in your account. We will not be able to refund you if you chose to pay for the session when you have booking passes available.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Experienced Beginner level (2.0-3.0)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Experienced Beginner level (2.0-3.0)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Intro to PickleballThis 90 minute clinic will focus on the rules of the game, scoring, positioning, serving/receiving and general strokes. All these will be learned in a fun, interactive setting and put into game play the ladder half of the session.
P-Series - P3 Play with a Pro 3.75 BelowThe P3 Play with the Pro session offers players a unique opportunity to blend coached match play with real-time feedback and strategic insights from a Picklr Pro. Designed for players progressing through the Picklr Pathway, this program focuses on situational awareness, shot selection, and court positioning during live play.
Players rotate partners and opponents while receiving on-court guidance from the Pro, including between-point coaching, shot recommendations, and tactical adjustments. This format bridges the gap between drilling and competitive play, accelerating player growth in a supportive, game-based environment.
Cost:
Members: $50
Non-Members: $50
No Booking Pass permitted
Note: This session is designed for 3 players on 1 court with the pro playing alongside each player. If fewer than 3 players are registered 24 hours before start time, the class may be canceled
Cancellation / No-Show Policy:
Cancellations must be made at least 72 hours in advance. No Refund after 72 hours.
Summer Camp Week 11 Afternoon SessionSummer Camp for children ages 7 to 13 years of age. Children will be offered three hours of pickleball, instruction and fun activities in a structured and air-conditioned facility. Children must be picked up and dropped off at the facility. Make up days or refunds for missed days will not be permitted. All participants must wear proper sneakers. Children should be sent with a snack and refillable water bottle.
Bell Works, 101 Crawfords Corner Road, Holmdel, NJ 07733, USA
Play With A Pro 3.5 - 4.0Ready to move up to the advanced 4.0 level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
P-Series - P3 Play with a Pro 3.75 BelowThe P3 Play with the Pro session offers players a unique opportunity to blend coached match play with real-time feedback and strategic insights from a Picklr Pro. Designed for players progressing through the Picklr Pathway, this program focuses on situational awareness, shot selection, and court positioning during live play.
Players rotate partners and opponents while receiving on-court guidance from the Pro, including between-point coaching, shot recommendations, and tactical adjustments. This format bridges the gap between drilling and competitive play, accelerating player growth in a supportive, game-based environment.
Cost:
Members: $50
Non-Members: $50
No Booking Pass permitted
Note: This session is designed for 3 players on 1 court with the pro playing alongside each player. If fewer than 3 players are registered 24 hours before start time, the class may be canceled
Cancellation / No-Show Policy:
Cancellations must be made at least 72 hours in advance. No Refund after 72 hours.
Beginner ClinicGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Play With A Pro 3.5 - 4.0Ready to move up to the advanced 4.0 level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
Play with Pro with IanPlay alongside a pro in a fun, interactive session while receiving real-time coaching, strategy tips, and personalized feedback.
Duration: 60 minutes
Age: Age 16+
Levels: High Intermediate, Intermediate
P-Series - P3 Play with a Pro 3.75 BelowThe P3 Play with the Pro session offers players a unique opportunity to blend coached match play with real-time feedback and strategic insights from a Picklr Pro. Designed for players progressing through the Picklr Pathway, this program focuses on situational awareness, shot selection, and court positioning during live play.
Players rotate partners and opponents while receiving on-court guidance from the Pro, including between-point coaching, shot recommendations, and tactical adjustments. This format bridges the gap between drilling and competitive play, accelerating player growth in a supportive, game-based environment.
Cost:
Members: $50
Non-Members: $50
No Booking Pass permitted
Note: This session is designed for 3 players on 1 court with the pro playing alongside each player. If fewer than 3 players are registered 24 hours before start time, the class may be canceled
Cancellation / No-Show Policy:
Cancellations must be made at least 72 hours in advance. No Refund after 72 hours.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
NEW - Partner Strategy ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
NO PARTNER NEEDED.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
5. Speedups and Counters
This session will be dedicated to understanding the nuances of speedups and how they could be utilized to generate a pop-up for you to smash. This will also focus on the different ways to handle each type of speedup so you can punish your opponent for doing so.
6. Playing “Fast” and Poaching
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to adapt your game to your opponents if you are struggling to safely transition to the non-volley-zone line.
7. Offensive Lobs and Retrieving Lobs
This session will be dedicated to applying pressure with lobs so you can push your opponents back off the non-volley-zone line and gain an advantage in the point. It will also focus on how to handle situations where you are lobbed and need to re-transition to the non-volley-zone line.
Cardio/Drill Pickleball Class with Coach Cami🔥 Get Ready for the Ultimate Workout at Pickleball HQ! 🔥
Join us for Cardio/Drill Pickleball Class — a high-energy, fast-paced fitness session that blends the thrill
of Pickleball with heart-pumping cardio drills. Whether you’re looking to sharpen your skills on the court or
just want a fun way to stay fit, this class will push your agility, endurance, and overall fitness to the next level.
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
Play With Coach Ellen ClinicPLAY WITH COACH ELLEN
come play with coach Ellen, she will instruct you while you are playing
$35.00 per person
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
P Series - Guided Gameplay 3.75 BelowP Series - Guided Gameplay is a structured, coach-led session designed to help players improve through live gameplay, strategy instruction, and real-time feedback. Unlike open play, Guided Gameplay combines competitive games with coaching support to develop shot selection, court positioning, communication, and overall game awareness in a fun and social environment.
Players rotate through organized matches while the coach actively participates and observes play, providing tactical adjustments and personalized feedback throughout the session. The focus is on improving consistency, decision-making, teamwork, and confidence in match situations.
Perfect for players looking to bridge the gap between drills and real-game performance, Guided Gameplay creates a supportive environment where players can learn, compete, and elevate their game together.
Cost
Members: $45
Non-Members: $45
Booking passes is not permitted for this program.
Program Format
4 players per court
The pro plays alongside participants during gameplay
Personalized coaching and feedback throughout the session
Minimum Enrollment
This session requires a minimum of 4 players. If fewer than 4 players are registered 24 hours prior to the start time, the session may be canceled.
Cancellation / No-Show Policy
Cancellations must be made at least 72 hours before the session start time. No refunds will be issued for cancellations made within 72 hours of the session.
BKPT Practice By Jessie (BKPT Member Only)BKPT Practice
BKPT Members Only
Members FREE | Non-Members $40
Description
This dedicated practice session is exclusively for members of the Brooklyn Pickleball Team (BKPT) Program and is offered as part of our partnership with BKPT. Players will have access to reserved court time in a structured team practice environment designed to help build chemistry, sharpen skills, and prepare for league and competitive play.
We’re excited to support the BKPT community by providing a special partner rate and a consistent home for team training.
Best Fit for This Session
This session is intended exclusively for registered BKPT Team members. Players should be prepared for organized drills, match play, and competitive practice with fellow team members.
How Games Run
Practice format will be determined by BKPT leadership and may include drills, situational play, team strategy work, challenge matches, and structured games. This is a dedicated team practice rather than a standard open play session.
Before You Arrive
Bring athletic gear, clean court shoes, and your paddle. Need one? Paddle rentals and balls are available on site. Please arrive 10 minutes early for check-in.
Snacks, drinks, and water refills are also available on site.
Cancellation Details
Cancellations made 24+ hours in advance receive a full refund as an account credit. Late cancellations and no-shows are non-refundable.
If we cancel the session due to low registration or other reasons, your refund will be sent back to your original payment method within 3–5 business days. All other refunds are issued as account credit.
49 Ash St ste 1, Brooklyn, NY 11222, United States
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
[BEGINNER] Coach Guided Open PlayHave a coach watch and guide you during open play. Our coaches will provide tips and tricks on the spot as you play. Fun and easy way to learn basic match play tactics. Recommended for people who have played pickleball at <3.5 level, or have played less than 6 months.
Refunds will be offered as club credits if cancelled at least 24 hours prior to the start of the event. If cancelled within 24 hours of the start of the event, no refunds will be offered.
Please note, these sessions do include balls to use, but not paddles. We offer separately paddles for rent and for sale.
456 Nordhoff Place, Englewood, NJ 07631, United States
Intermediate Drills with Coach Martin | 3.0-3.5Intermediate Drills with Coach Martin | 3.0-3.5
Members $60 | Non-Members $75
Description
Led by Coach Martin, this clinic focuses on offensive opportunities at the kitchen line and the positioning skills needed to capitalize on them.
Players will learn when and how to speed up the ball effectively, explore Erne opportunities and setups, and develop proper overhead positioning to finish points with confidence. The session emphasizes decision-making, timing, and court awareness in game-like situations.
Best Fit for This Session
This clinic is designed for players with a suggested DUPR of 3.0–3.5 who are comfortable with the fundamentals and ready to add more offensive tools to their game. You should be able to sustain dink rallies, execute basic drops and resets, and understand standard doubles positioning.
If you are still working on basic shot consistency or learning foundational strategy, our beginner or lower-intermediate clinics may be a better fit first.
How Games Run
This is a coach-led instructional clinic featuring targeted drills, skill-building exercises, and guided gameplay. Coach Martin will provide personalized feedback throughout the session to help players improve shot selection, court positioning, and offensive decision-making. Players can expect a combination of drilling, situational exercises, and live play focused on applying the skills being taught.
Before You Arrive
Bring athletic gear, clean court shoes, and your paddle. Need one? Paddle rentals and balls are available on site. Please arrive 10 minutes early for check-in.
Snacks, drinks, and water refills are also available on site.
Cancellation Details
Cancellations made 24+ hours in advance receive a full refund as an account credit. Late cancellations and no-shows are non-refundable.
If we cancel the session due to low registration or other reasons, your refund will be sent back to your original payment method within 3–5 business days. All other refunds are issued as account credit.
49 Ash St ste 1, Brooklyn, NY 11222, United States
NEW - Partner Strategy ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
NO PARTNER NEEDED.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
5. Speedups and Counters
This session will be dedicated to understanding the nuances of speedups and how they could be utilized to generate a pop-up for you to smash. This will also focus on the different ways to handle each type of speedup so you can punish your opponent for doing so.
6. Playing “Fast” and Poaching
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to adapt your game to your opponents if you are struggling to safely transition to the non-volley-zone line.
7. Offensive Lobs and Retrieving Lobs
This session will be dedicated to applying pressure with lobs so you can push your opponents back off the non-volley-zone line and gain an advantage in the point. It will also focus on how to handle situations where you are lobbed and need to re-transition to the non-volley-zone line.
[BEGINNER] Coach Guided Open PlayHave a coach watch and guide you during open play. Our coaches will provide tips and tricks on the spot as you play. Fun and easy way to learn basic match play tactics. Recommended for people who have played pickleball at <3.5 level, or have played less than 6 months.
Refunds will be offered as club credits if cancelled at least 24 hours prior to the start of the event. If cancelled within 24 hours of the start of the event, no refunds will be offered.
Please note, these sessions do include balls to use, but not paddles. We offer separately paddles for rent and for sale.
456 Nordhoff Place, Englewood, NJ 07631, United States